{"id":20,"date":"2015-10-25T20:51:36","date_gmt":"2015-10-25T19:51:36","guid":{"rendered":"http:\/\/ejvindh.net\/?page_id=20"},"modified":"2024-04-30T16:15:41","modified_gmt":"2024-04-30T14:15:41","slug":"akademiske-publikationer","status":"publish","type":"page","link":"http:\/\/ejvindh.net\/en\/akademiske-publikationer\/","title":{"rendered":"Academic publications"},"content":{"rendered":"<div class=\"teachpress_pub_list\"><form name=\"tppublistform\" method=\"get\"><a name=\"tppubs\" id=\"tppubs\"><\/a><\/form><div class=\"tablenav\"><div class=\"tablenav-pages\"><span class=\"displaying-num\">59 entries<\/span> <a class=\"page-numbers button disabled\">&laquo;<\/a> <a class=\"page-numbers button disabled\">&lsaquo;<\/a> 1 of 2 <a href=\"http:\/\/ejvindh.net\/en\/akademiske-publikationer\/?limit=2&amp;tgid=&amp;yr=&amp;type=&amp;usr=&amp;auth=&amp;tsr=#tppubs\" title=\"next page\" class=\"page-numbers button\">&rsaquo;<\/a> <a href=\"http:\/\/ejvindh.net\/en\/akademiske-publikationer\/?limit=2&amp;tgid=&amp;yr=&amp;type=&amp;usr=&amp;auth=&amp;tsr=#tppubs\" title=\"last page\" class=\"page-numbers button\">&raquo;<\/a> <\/div><\/div><div class=\"teachpress_publication_list\"><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2026\">2026<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_book\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('60','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">The Freedom to Remain Silent: The Right to Make Qualified Contributions to the Public Sphere<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  book\">Book<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Brill, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">Leiden and Boston, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2026<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 978-90-04-74437-0<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_60\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('60','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_60\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('60','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_60\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('60','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_60\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@book{Hansen2026a,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {The Freedom to Remain Silent: The Right to Make Qualified Contributions to the Public Sphere},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/brill.com\/display\/title\/70594<br \/>\r\nhttps:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/the-freedom-to-remain-silent\/},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.1163\/9789004744387},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {978-90-04-74437-0},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2026},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2026-01-08},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2026-01-08},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {34},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Brill},<br \/>\r\naddress = {Leiden and Boston},<br \/>\r\nseries = {Social and Critical Theory},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {The role of silence in democratic settings should be rehabilitated. Democratic theories are concerned with mechanisms and institutions that counteract silence in society. As a supplement to this, it is first demonstrated that we must not forget how silence determines the significance and meanings of utterances made. Secondly, that silence can be used as a critical tool to get better listening, more open conversations, and greater thoughtfulness in the public sphere. The widely recognized freedom of expression should thus be supplemented with a freedom of silence, a freedom to let silence disturb the discursive relevance criteria.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {book}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('60','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_60\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">The role of silence in democratic settings should be rehabilitated. Democratic theories are concerned with mechanisms and institutions that counteract silence in society. As a supplement to this, it is first demonstrated that we must not forget how silence determines the significance and meanings of utterances made. Secondly, that silence can be used as a critical tool to get better listening, more open conversations, and greater thoughtfulness in the public sphere. The widely recognized freedom of expression should thus be supplemented with a freedom of silence, a freedom to let silence disturb the discursive relevance criteria.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('60','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_60\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/brill.com\/display\/title\/70594\" title=\"https:\/\/brill.com\/display\/title\/70594\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/brill.com\/display\/title\/70594<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/the-freedom-to-remain-silent\/\" title=\"https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/the-freedom-to-remain-silent\/\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/the-freedom-to-remain-silent\/<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1163\/9789004744387\" title=\"Follow DOI:10.1163\/9789004744387\" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.1163\/9789004744387<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('60','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2025\">2025<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_book\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('59','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Tavshedens opbyggelighed. En bog om at tie stille for at tale sammen<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  book\">Book<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Multivers, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">K\u00f8benhavn, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2025<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 978-87-7917-661-4<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_59\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('59','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_59\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('59','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_59\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('59','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_59\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@book{Hansen2025a,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Tavshedens opbyggelighed. En bog om at tie stille for at tale sammen},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/tavshedens-opbyggelighed\/<br \/>\r\nhttps:\/\/multivers.dk\/product\/tavshedens-opbyggelighed},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {978-87-7917-661-4},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2025},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2025-08-15},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2025-08-15},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Multivers},<br \/>\r\naddress = {K\u00f8benhavn},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {TAVSHEDENS OPBYGGELIGHED handler om et paradoks: At n\u00e6rv\u00e6r og kommunikation foruds\u00e6tter frav\u00e6r og tavshed. I en stadigt mere larmende offentlighed sl\u00e5r bogen et slag for de pauser og pusterum, der g\u00f8r vores samtaler meningsfulde og frie. Og for den frugtbare tavshed, som let kan overd\u00f8ves i en kultur, hvor retten til at tale, ytringsfriheden, er den h\u00f8jest skattede v\u00e6rdi. I bogen foresl\u00e5r Ejvind Hansen et supplement til ytringsfriheden: en tavshedsfrihed. Den skal f\u00e5 os til at v\u00e6rds\u00e6tte tavsheden og g\u00f8re os bedre til at holde pauser fra samtalen, lytte og t\u00e6nke efter.<br \/>\r\n<br \/>\r\n\"Vi er d\u00f8mt til tavshed, hvis vi vil sige noget. Men hvis vi bliver gode til at forst\u00e5 dette, rummer dommen en invitation til frihed.\"},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {book}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('59','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_59\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">TAVSHEDENS OPBYGGELIGHED handler om et paradoks: At n\u00e6rv\u00e6r og kommunikation foruds\u00e6tter frav\u00e6r og tavshed. I en stadigt mere larmende offentlighed sl\u00e5r bogen et slag for de pauser og pusterum, der g\u00f8r vores samtaler meningsfulde og frie. Og for den frugtbare tavshed, som let kan overd\u00f8ves i en kultur, hvor retten til at tale, ytringsfriheden, er den h\u00f8jest skattede v\u00e6rdi. I bogen foresl\u00e5r Ejvind Hansen et supplement til ytringsfriheden: en tavshedsfrihed. Den skal f\u00e5 os til at v\u00e6rds\u00e6tte tavsheden og g\u00f8re os bedre til at holde pauser fra samtalen, lytte og t\u00e6nke efter.<br \/>\r\n<br \/>\r\n&quot;Vi er d\u00f8mt til tavshed, hvis vi vil sige noget. Men hvis vi bliver gode til at forst\u00e5 dette, rummer dommen en invitation til frihed.&quot;<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('59','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_59\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/tavshedens-opbyggelighed\/\" title=\"https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/tavshedens-opbyggelighed\/\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/tavshedens-opbyggelighed\/<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/multivers.dk\/product\/tavshedens-opbyggelighed\" title=\"https:\/\/multivers.dk\/product\/tavshedens-opbyggelighed\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/multivers.dk\/product\/tavshedens-opbyggelighed<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('59','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_online\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Ejvind, Hansen<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('58','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">J\u00fcrgen Habermas<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  online\">Online<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"> T\u00e6kke, Jesper;  Agger, Gunhild;  Kristensen, Nete N\u00f8rgaard;  Schr\u00f8der, Kim (Ed.): <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2025<\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_urldate\">, visited: 10.05.2025<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_58\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('58','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_58\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('58','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_58\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@online{Ejvind2025a,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {J\u00fcrgen Habermas},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Hansen Ejvind },<br \/>\r\neditor = {Jesper T\u00e6kke and Gunhild Agger and Nete N\u00f8rgaard Kristensen and Kim Schr\u00f8der},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/medieogkommunikationsleksikon.dk\/jurgen-habermas\/},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2025},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2025-05-10},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2025-05-10},<br \/>\r\nbooktitle = {Medie- og kommunikationsleksikon},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Samfundslitteratur},<br \/>\r\naddress = {K\u00f8benhavn},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {online}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('58','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_58\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/medieogkommunikationsleksikon.dk\/jurgen-habermas\/\" title=\"https:\/\/medieogkommunikationsleksikon.dk\/jurgen-habermas\/\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/medieogkommunikationsleksikon.dk\/jurgen-habermas\/<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('58','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2024\">2024<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('51','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Searching for the fourfold in critical discourse analysis<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Philosophy &amp; Social Criticism, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 50, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_issue\">iss. 9, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 1335-1353, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2024<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_issn\">ISSN: 0191-4537<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_51\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('51','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_51\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('51','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_51\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('51','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_51\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2024f,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Searching for the fourfold in critical discourse analysis},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/journals.sagepub.com\/doi\/10.1177\/01914537221145577<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PreprintGeviertInDiscourseanalysis.pdf<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/diskursanalyse-af-tavsheden\/},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.1177\/01914537221145577},<br \/>\r\nissn = {0191-4537},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2024},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2024-09-16},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2022-12-13},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Philosophy & Social Criticism},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {50},<br \/>\r\nissue = {9},<br \/>\r\npages = {1335-1353},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {This article argues that late Heidegger\u2019s analyses of the Fourfold can be used as a methodological starting point for discourse analyses. It argues that the Fourfold points out elements or foundations of discursive structures that orient us to differing, and to some extent opposing, directions that are at the same time mutually interdependent. A discursive analysis of how the Fourfold is at play in prevailing discursive exchanges and structures will thus be a matter of situating ourselves in a conceptual space beyond existing practices and structures, from which we get a picture of their inadequacies. As such, the article contributes to a critical understanding of discourse analysis. It will be argued that through understanding the Fourfold, we can better understand the problems with various aspects of \u2018measuring\u2019, which are founded upon the (concealed) instability of elements of the Fourfold \u2013 which shapes practical discursive engagements. By foregrounding this structural instability we can approach it critically. I demonstrate how this approach might be used in an analysis of a debate between Greta Thunberg and Bj\u00f8rn Lomborg.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('51','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_51\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">This article argues that late Heidegger\u2019s analyses of the Fourfold can be used as a methodological starting point for discourse analyses. It argues that the Fourfold points out elements or foundations of discursive structures that orient us to differing, and to some extent opposing, directions that are at the same time mutually interdependent. A discursive analysis of how the Fourfold is at play in prevailing discursive exchanges and structures will thus be a matter of situating ourselves in a conceptual space beyond existing practices and structures, from which we get a picture of their inadequacies. As such, the article contributes to a critical understanding of discourse analysis. It will be argued that through understanding the Fourfold, we can better understand the problems with various aspects of \u2018measuring\u2019, which are founded upon the (concealed) instability of elements of the Fourfold \u2013 which shapes practical discursive engagements. By foregrounding this structural instability we can approach it critically. I demonstrate how this approach might be used in an analysis of a debate between Greta Thunberg and Bj\u00f8rn Lomborg.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('51','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_51\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/journals.sagepub.com\/doi\/10.1177\/01914537221145577\" title=\"https:\/\/journals.sagepub.com\/doi\/10.1177\/01914537221145577\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/journals.sagepub.com\/doi\/10.1177\/01914537221145577<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PreprintGeviertInDiscourseanalysis.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PreprintGeviertInDiscourseanalysis.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PreprintGeviertInDiscourseanalysis.pdf<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/diskursanalyse-af-tavsheden\/\" title=\"http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/diskursanalyse-af-tavsheden\/\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/diskursanalyse-af-tavsheden\/<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1177\/01914537221145577\" title=\"Follow DOI:10.1177\/01914537221145577\" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.1177\/01914537221145577<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('51','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_inbook\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('56','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Journalistikken har brug for sine argeste kritikere<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  inbook\">Book Chapter<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span> Buch, Roger;  Pallesen, Thomas (Ed.): <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_booktitle\">Tag ansvar!: Journalistisk etik i en ny medieorden, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 109-116, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Samfundslitteratur, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">K\u00f8benhavn, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2024<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 978-87-7572-031-6<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_56\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('56','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_56\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('56','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_56\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('56','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_56\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@inbook{Hansen2024d,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Journalistikken har brug for sine argeste kritikere},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Roger Buch and Thomas Pallesen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/samfundslitteratur.dk\/bog\/tag-ansvar},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {978-87-7572-031-6},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2024},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2024-06-11},<br \/>\r\nbooktitle = {Tag ansvar!: Journalistisk etik i en ny medieorden},<br \/>\r\npages = {109-116},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Samfundslitteratur},<br \/>\r\naddress = {K\u00f8benhavn},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Hvis man vil forbedre journalisters arbejde, er man n\u00f8dt til grundl\u00e6ggende at forst\u00e5, hvorfor medierne i dag ser ud, som de g\u00f8r. Denne forst\u00e5else vinder man ikke ved blot at forbruge journalistiske produkter. Man er n\u00f8dt til at kende det arbejde, der ligger bag de journalistiske produkter. Ellers bliver det en for billig, urealistisk og unuanceret kritik. Journalisterne selv har p\u00e5 den anden side naturligvis en privilegeret adgang gennem deres erfaringer fra praksis, men man skal ikke v\u00e6re blind for, at journalister er involverede akt\u00f8rer. Derfor er der blandt journalisterne en risiko for, at prisen for det detaljerede kendskab til praksis og metoder bliver manglende analytisk eller refleksiv distance. I dette indl\u00e6g sl\u00e5r jeg p\u00e5 tromme for den danske tradition med, at journalisters arbejde reguleres af obligatoriske overordnede presseetiske regels\u00e6t, der naturligvis skal udf\u00e6rdiges med deltagelse af b\u00e5de medie- og journalistiske repr\u00e6sentanter, men hvor det ogs\u00e5 er en v\u00e6sentlig pointe, at kritikere af mediernes virke skal involveres i denne proces. En diskussion af den etiske journalistiske praksis bliver f\u00f8rst frugtbar i det \u00f8jeblik, den indoptager den viden som medier og journalistiske repr\u00e6sentanter har om, hvad der er n\u00f8dvendigt for at lave god og udfordrende journalistik \u2013 samtidig med, at diskussionen informeres af folk, der har forst\u00e5else for de f\u00f8lger, det har, n\u00e5r medier og journalister agerer uhensigtsm\u00e6ssigt.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {inbook}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('56','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_56\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Hvis man vil forbedre journalisters arbejde, er man n\u00f8dt til grundl\u00e6ggende at forst\u00e5, hvorfor medierne i dag ser ud, som de g\u00f8r. Denne forst\u00e5else vinder man ikke ved blot at forbruge journalistiske produkter. Man er n\u00f8dt til at kende det arbejde, der ligger bag de journalistiske produkter. Ellers bliver det en for billig, urealistisk og unuanceret kritik. Journalisterne selv har p\u00e5 den anden side naturligvis en privilegeret adgang gennem deres erfaringer fra praksis, men man skal ikke v\u00e6re blind for, at journalister er involverede akt\u00f8rer. Derfor er der blandt journalisterne en risiko for, at prisen for det detaljerede kendskab til praksis og metoder bliver manglende analytisk eller refleksiv distance. I dette indl\u00e6g sl\u00e5r jeg p\u00e5 tromme for den danske tradition med, at journalisters arbejde reguleres af obligatoriske overordnede presseetiske regels\u00e6t, der naturligvis skal udf\u00e6rdiges med deltagelse af b\u00e5de medie- og journalistiske repr\u00e6sentanter, men hvor det ogs\u00e5 er en v\u00e6sentlig pointe, at kritikere af mediernes virke skal involveres i denne proces. En diskussion af den etiske journalistiske praksis bliver f\u00f8rst frugtbar i det \u00f8jeblik, den indoptager den viden som medier og journalistiske repr\u00e6sentanter har om, hvad der er n\u00f8dvendigt for at lave god og udfordrende journalistik \u2013 samtidig med, at diskussionen informeres af folk, der har forst\u00e5else for de f\u00f8lger, det har, n\u00e5r medier og journalister agerer uhensigtsm\u00e6ssigt.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('56','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_56\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/samfundslitteratur.dk\/bog\/tag-ansvar\" title=\"https:\/\/samfundslitteratur.dk\/bog\/tag-ansvar\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/samfundslitteratur.dk\/bog\/tag-ansvar<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('56','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_inbook\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('57','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">P\u00e5 vej mod en interaktionsetik<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  inbook\">Book Chapter<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span> Buch, Roger;  Pallesen, Thomas (Ed.): <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_booktitle\">Tag ansvar!: Journalistisk etik i en ny medieorden, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 149-156, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Samfundslitteratur, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">K\u00f8benhavn, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2024<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 978-87-7572-031-6<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_57\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('57','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_57\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('57','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_57\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('57','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_57\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@inbook{Hansen2024e,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {P\u00e5 vej mod en interaktionsetik},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Roger Buch and Thomas Pallesen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/samfundslitteratur.dk\/bog\/tag-ansvar},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {978-87-7572-031-6},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2024},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2024-06-11},<br \/>\r\nbooktitle = {Tag ansvar!: Journalistisk etik i en ny medieorden},<br \/>\r\npages = {149-156},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Samfundslitteratur},<br \/>\r\naddress = {K\u00f8benhavn},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Den journalistiske etik er udviklet i en tid, hvor journalistens opgave bestod i at informere borgerne gennem massemedier som aviser, radio og tv. I takt med at journalisternes grundl\u00e6ggende platforme har \u00e6ndret sig med nye internetb\u00e5rne medier, er det p\u00e5 tide at nyt\u00e6nke den etiske opgave. Det nuv\u00e6rende presseetiske regels\u00e6t er n\u00e6rmest udelukkende fokuseret p\u00e5 at regulere journalisternes produkter, og p\u00e5 hvordan disse kan v\u00e6re oplysende. Nye medietyper kalder imidlertid p\u00e5, at journalister ogs\u00e5 tager ansvar for den interaktion, som de inviterer til. Og p\u00e5 den rigtig store klinge er det p\u00e5 tide, at journalister begynder at reflektere over, hvordan vi kan f\u00e5 en offentlighed, der ikke blot bestemmes af kommercielle algoritmer, men nok s\u00e5 meget af publicistiske algoritmer.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {inbook}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('57','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_57\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Den journalistiske etik er udviklet i en tid, hvor journalistens opgave bestod i at informere borgerne gennem massemedier som aviser, radio og tv. I takt med at journalisternes grundl\u00e6ggende platforme har \u00e6ndret sig med nye internetb\u00e5rne medier, er det p\u00e5 tide at nyt\u00e6nke den etiske opgave. Det nuv\u00e6rende presseetiske regels\u00e6t er n\u00e6rmest udelukkende fokuseret p\u00e5 at regulere journalisternes produkter, og p\u00e5 hvordan disse kan v\u00e6re oplysende. Nye medietyper kalder imidlertid p\u00e5, at journalister ogs\u00e5 tager ansvar for den interaktion, som de inviterer til. Og p\u00e5 den rigtig store klinge er det p\u00e5 tide, at journalister begynder at reflektere over, hvordan vi kan f\u00e5 en offentlighed, der ikke blot bestemmes af kommercielle algoritmer, men nok s\u00e5 meget af publicistiske algoritmer.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('57','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_57\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/samfundslitteratur.dk\/bog\/tag-ansvar\" title=\"https:\/\/samfundslitteratur.dk\/bog\/tag-ansvar\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/samfundslitteratur.dk\/bog\/tag-ansvar<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('57','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('55','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Journalists Gaining Trust Through Silencing of the Self<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">SATS \u2013 Northern European Journal of Philosophy, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 25, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_issue\">iss. 1, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 49-68, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2024<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 1869-7577<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_55\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('55','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_55\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('55','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_55\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('55','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_55\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2024c,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Journalists Gaining Trust Through Silencing of the Self},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/doi.org\/10.1515\/sats-2023-0002<br \/>\r\nhttps:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PreprintSilenceTrust.pdf},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.1515\/sats-2023-0002},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {1869-7577},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2024},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2024-05-21},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2024-05-21},<br \/>\r\njournal = {SATS \u2013 Northern European Journal of Philosophy},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {25},<br \/>\r\nissue = {1},<br \/>\r\npages = {49-68},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Journalists depend on two vectors of trust: the trust invested in them by their sources, and the trust invested in them by their end-users. For many years, trust has become a key issue in the articulation of the journalistic profession. This paper distinguishes between two traditional approaches to earn public trust: either through an emphasis on the ideal of objectivity, or by a sort of showing one\u2019s cards: an explicit declaration of one\u2019s subjectivity. Through a reading of L\u00f8gstrup, Derrida, and Deleuze, we argue that both positions are inadequate solutions to the problem of trust. In as much as subjectivity is continuously negotiated in interaction with the unknown and the uncontrollable, the poles of objectivity and subjectivity cannot define the narrative event without each supplementing the other. To escape from this impasse, we suggest a third approach: a hospitable journalism characterized by a hospitable attitude towards the uncontrollable and the strange, or unknown, which operates to make the individual more aware of herself and her place in the world. This invitation happens through a silencing of the self.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('55','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_55\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Journalists depend on two vectors of trust: the trust invested in them by their sources, and the trust invested in them by their end-users. For many years, trust has become a key issue in the articulation of the journalistic profession. This paper distinguishes between two traditional approaches to earn public trust: either through an emphasis on the ideal of objectivity, or by a sort of showing one\u2019s cards: an explicit declaration of one\u2019s subjectivity. Through a reading of L\u00f8gstrup, Derrida, and Deleuze, we argue that both positions are inadequate solutions to the problem of trust. In as much as subjectivity is continuously negotiated in interaction with the unknown and the uncontrollable, the poles of objectivity and subjectivity cannot define the narrative event without each supplementing the other. To escape from this impasse, we suggest a third approach: a hospitable journalism characterized by a hospitable attitude towards the uncontrollable and the strange, or unknown, which operates to make the individual more aware of herself and her place in the world. This invitation happens through a silencing of the self.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('55','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_55\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/doi.org\/10.1515\/sats-2023-0002\" title=\"https:\/\/doi.org\/10.1515\/sats-2023-0002\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/doi.org\/10.1515\/sats-2023-0002<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PreprintSilenceTrust.pdf\" title=\"https:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PreprintSilenceTrust.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PreprintSilenceTrust.pdf<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1515\/sats-2023-0002\" title=\"Follow DOI:10.1515\/sats-2023-0002\" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.1515\/sats-2023-0002<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('55','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_online\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind;  Madsen, Vibeke Th\u00f8is<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('54','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Den kommunikerende magt p\u00e5 sociale medier<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  online\">Online<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"> Petersen, Michael Bang (Ed.): <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_organization\">Magtudredningen 2.0 <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2024<\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_urldate\">, visited: 03.05.2024<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_54\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('54','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_54\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('54','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_54\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('54','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_54\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@online{Hansen2024b,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Den kommunikerende magt p\u00e5 sociale medier},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen and Vibeke Th\u00f8is Madsen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Michael Bang Petersen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/ps.au.dk\/fileadmin\/Statskundskab\/Billeder\/Forskning\/Forskningsprojekter\/Magtudredning\/Essays\/Tema15\/Essay_af_Ejvind_Hansen_og_Vibeke_Thoeis_Madsen.pdf},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2024},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2024-05-03},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2024-05-03},<br \/>\r\norganization = {Magtudredningen 2.0},<br \/>\r\nseries = {Magtudredningen 2.0 - Hvordan  p\u00e5virker brugen af sociale platforme den offentlige samtale blandt politikere, medier  og borgere?},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Indenfor demokratiteorien har man traditionelt skelnet mellem den lovgivende, d\u00f8mmende, ud\u00f8vende og kontrollerende statsmagt. I takt med at den traditionelle fjerde statsmagt ikke l\u00e6ngere har monopol p\u00e5 den offentlige samtale, er det blevet p\u00e5tr\u00e6ngende at tilf\u00f8je en femte statsmagt, som vi kan kalde den kommunikerende magt -- der s\u00e6rligt folder sig ud p\u00e5 sociale medier. Traditionelt har den kommunikative magt v\u00e6ret t\u00e6nkt som en magt, der stiller de officielle magthavere til ansvar. Med inspiration fra krisekommunikation vil vi umidlertid unders\u00f8ge et mindre reaktivt aspekt ved denne magt, der ikke alene reagerer p\u00e5 de andre magthavere, men ogs\u00e5 selvst\u00e6ndigt kan byde ind med p\u00e5tr\u00e6ngende dagsordener. Vi vil tage udgangspunkt i den retoriske arena teori (RAT) og ideen om multivokale arenaer, hvor et v\u00e6ld af stemmer taler til, med, mod, forbi og om hinanden, og unders\u00f8ge hvilken sammenh\u00e6ng der er mellem disse og den etablerede politiske proces. Sp\u00f8rgsm\u00e5let er, hvordan den kommunikerende magt udfolder sig og kommer til udtryk p\u00e5 sociale medier, og hvordan den spiller ind og p\u00e5virker samfundets \u00f8vrige magter. F\u00e5r de markante stemmer i de retoriske arenaer lov til at p\u00e5virke de politiske processer? Eller er der nogle andre kommunikative dynamikker p\u00e5 spil? Med inspiration fra organisationskommunikation og ved hj\u00e6lp af netnografisk metode vil vi analysere, hvorn\u00e5r og hvordan stemmer p\u00e5 sociale medier lykkes med at p\u00e5virke de politiske processer.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {online}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('54','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_54\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Indenfor demokratiteorien har man traditionelt skelnet mellem den lovgivende, d\u00f8mmende, ud\u00f8vende og kontrollerende statsmagt. I takt med at den traditionelle fjerde statsmagt ikke l\u00e6ngere har monopol p\u00e5 den offentlige samtale, er det blevet p\u00e5tr\u00e6ngende at tilf\u00f8je en femte statsmagt, som vi kan kalde den kommunikerende magt -- der s\u00e6rligt folder sig ud p\u00e5 sociale medier. Traditionelt har den kommunikative magt v\u00e6ret t\u00e6nkt som en magt, der stiller de officielle magthavere til ansvar. Med inspiration fra krisekommunikation vil vi umidlertid unders\u00f8ge et mindre reaktivt aspekt ved denne magt, der ikke alene reagerer p\u00e5 de andre magthavere, men ogs\u00e5 selvst\u00e6ndigt kan byde ind med p\u00e5tr\u00e6ngende dagsordener. Vi vil tage udgangspunkt i den retoriske arena teori (RAT) og ideen om multivokale arenaer, hvor et v\u00e6ld af stemmer taler til, med, mod, forbi og om hinanden, og unders\u00f8ge hvilken sammenh\u00e6ng der er mellem disse og den etablerede politiske proces. Sp\u00f8rgsm\u00e5let er, hvordan den kommunikerende magt udfolder sig og kommer til udtryk p\u00e5 sociale medier, og hvordan den spiller ind og p\u00e5virker samfundets \u00f8vrige magter. F\u00e5r de markante stemmer i de retoriske arenaer lov til at p\u00e5virke de politiske processer? Eller er der nogle andre kommunikative dynamikker p\u00e5 spil? Med inspiration fra organisationskommunikation og ved hj\u00e6lp af netnografisk metode vil vi analysere, hvorn\u00e5r og hvordan stemmer p\u00e5 sociale medier lykkes med at p\u00e5virke de politiske processer.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('54','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_54\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/ps.au.dk\/fileadmin\/Statskundskab\/Billeder\/Forskning\/Forskningsprojekter\/Magtudredning\/Essays\/Tema15\/Essay_af_Ejvind_Hansen_og_Vibeke_Thoeis_Madsen.pdf\" title=\"https:\/\/ps.au.dk\/fileadmin\/Statskundskab\/Billeder\/Forskning\/Forskningsprojekter\/[...]\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/ps.au.dk\/fileadmin\/Statskundskab\/Billeder\/Forskning\/Forskningsprojekter\/[...]<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('54','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('50','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">The fourth estate operating by means of silencing<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Journalism, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 25, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_issue\">iss. 1, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 141-157, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2024<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 1741-3001<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_50\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('50','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_50\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('50','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_50\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('50','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_50\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2024a,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {The fourth estate operating by means of silencing},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PreprintJournalistsImposingSilence.pdf<br \/>\r\nhttps:\/\/journals.sagepub.com\/doi\/10.1177\/14648849221132601<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/den-fjerde-statsmagt-som-udoever-af-tavshed\/<br \/>\r\n},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.1177\/14648849221132601},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {1741-3001},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2024},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2024-01-10},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2024-01-10},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Journalism},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {25},<br \/>\r\nissue = {1},<br \/>\r\npages = {141-157},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {The traditional foundation of the placed reserved for the Fourth Estate in democratic practice is under pressure. To revitalize this idea, a focus upon how journalists handle silence professionally is suggested. It is argued that it is important to bring out how the handling of silence is carried out, and to understand that silence is not only something to be avoided. Silence is of foundational importance for communicative significance to emerge. In a reading of Deleuze, Heidegger and Derrida, we argue for a model in which silence is necessary for significant communicative exchanges. We avoid thoughtlessness by allotting a function to silence; for communication requires not just information but a channel of silence, so to speak. It is, finally, argued that it is important not to expect the revealed forms of silence to be problematic. It is demonstrated that certain forms of silence can be analysed as democracy enhancing because they permit less heated exchanges that make room for thoughtful contemplation.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('50','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_50\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">The traditional foundation of the placed reserved for the Fourth Estate in democratic practice is under pressure. To revitalize this idea, a focus upon how journalists handle silence professionally is suggested. It is argued that it is important to bring out how the handling of silence is carried out, and to understand that silence is not only something to be avoided. Silence is of foundational importance for communicative significance to emerge. In a reading of Deleuze, Heidegger and Derrida, we argue for a model in which silence is necessary for significant communicative exchanges. We avoid thoughtlessness by allotting a function to silence; for communication requires not just information but a channel of silence, so to speak. It is, finally, argued that it is important not to expect the revealed forms of silence to be problematic. It is demonstrated that certain forms of silence can be analysed as democracy enhancing because they permit less heated exchanges that make room for thoughtful contemplation.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('50','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_50\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PreprintJournalistsImposingSilence.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PreprintJournalistsImposingSilence.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PreprintJournalistsImposingSilence.pdf<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/journals.sagepub.com\/doi\/10.1177\/14648849221132601\" title=\"https:\/\/journals.sagepub.com\/doi\/10.1177\/14648849221132601\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/journals.sagepub.com\/doi\/10.1177\/14648849221132601<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/den-fjerde-statsmagt-som-udoever-af-tavshed\/\" title=\"http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/den-fjerde-statsmagt-som-udoever-af-tavshed\/\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/den-fjerde-statsmagt-som-udoever-af-tavshed\/<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1177\/14648849221132601\" title=\"Follow DOI:10.1177\/14648849221132601\" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.1177\/14648849221132601<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('50','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2023\">2023<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_inbook\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('52','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Legitimitet gennem udfordring \u2013 indledning ved Ejvind Hansen<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  inbook\">Book Chapter<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_booktitle\">Den nye borgerlige offentlighed. Struktur\u00e6ndringer og deliberativ politik, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 7-18, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Samfundslitteratur, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">Frederiksberg, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2023<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 9788759343081<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_52\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('52','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_52\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('52','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_52\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('52','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_52\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@inbook{Hansen2023a,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Legitimitet gennem udfordring \u2013 indledning ved Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/samfundslitteratur.dk\/bog\/den-nye-borgerlige-offentlighed},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {9788759343081},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2023},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2023-11-20},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2023-11-01},<br \/>\r\nbooktitle = {Den nye borgerlige offentlighed. Struktur\u00e6ndringer og deliberativ politik},<br \/>\r\npages = {7-18},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Samfundslitteratur},<br \/>\r\naddress = {Frederiksberg},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Indledning til overs\u00e6ttelsen af Habermas' tekst Den nye borgerlige offentlighed. Struktur\u00e6ndringer og deliberativ politik. I indledningen tr\u00e6kker jeg tr\u00e5de tilbage til Habermas' tidligere t\u00e6nkning om demokrati og offentlighed. Dels tr\u00e6kker jeg tr\u00e5de til offentlighedsanalyserne fra 1962 og frem. Dels tr\u00e6kker jeg tr\u00e5de til analyseren af den kommunikative handlen fra 1980'erne og frem. Jeg argumenterer for, at den nye tekst er et l\u00e6nge ventet svar p\u00e5, hvordan de tidligere analyser tager sig ud i en demokratisk offentlighed, der i stigende grad er formet af digitale medier. <br \/>\r\n<br \/>\r\nJeg konkluderer p\u00e5 f\u00f8lgende m\u00e5de: \"Bogen st\u00e5r st\u00e6rkest, for s\u00e5 vidt den m\u00e5les p\u00e5 sin egen pr\u00e6mis, nemlig en insisteren p\u00e5, at demokratiske offentligheder ogs\u00e5 skal m\u00e5les p\u00e5 deres inkluderende og argumentative tyngde \u2013 at det er et problem, hvis vi har en demokratisk offentlighed, hvor deltagerne ikke fors\u00f8ger at n\u00e5 en grad af f\u00e6lles forst\u00e5else af, hvordan man l\u00f8ser samfundets problemer p\u00e5 en m\u00e5de, der tager h\u00f8jde for relevante borgere. [...] Man kan ikke n\u00f8jes med at l\u00e6se Habermas, hvis man vil forst\u00e5 offentlighedens rolle i demokratier. Uden Habermas\u2019 perspektiv risikerer man imidlertid at blinde sig selv for, hvordan det rationelle og inklusive, p\u00e5 trods af alle utilstr\u00e6kkeligheder, m\u00e5 spille en rolle i demokratiske legitimeringsprocesser \u2013 b\u00e5de som vejen til legitimering af demokratiske processer og som vejen til at udfordre samme.\"},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {inbook}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('52','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_52\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Indledning til overs\u00e6ttelsen af Habermas' tekst Den nye borgerlige offentlighed. Struktur\u00e6ndringer og deliberativ politik. I indledningen tr\u00e6kker jeg tr\u00e5de tilbage til Habermas' tidligere t\u00e6nkning om demokrati og offentlighed. Dels tr\u00e6kker jeg tr\u00e5de til offentlighedsanalyserne fra 1962 og frem. Dels tr\u00e6kker jeg tr\u00e5de til analyseren af den kommunikative handlen fra 1980'erne og frem. Jeg argumenterer for, at den nye tekst er et l\u00e6nge ventet svar p\u00e5, hvordan de tidligere analyser tager sig ud i en demokratisk offentlighed, der i stigende grad er formet af digitale medier. <br \/>\r\n<br \/>\r\nJeg konkluderer p\u00e5 f\u00f8lgende m\u00e5de: &quot;Bogen st\u00e5r st\u00e6rkest, for s\u00e5 vidt den m\u00e5les p\u00e5 sin egen pr\u00e6mis, nemlig en insisteren p\u00e5, at demokratiske offentligheder ogs\u00e5 skal m\u00e5les p\u00e5 deres inkluderende og argumentative tyngde \u2013 at det er et problem, hvis vi har en demokratisk offentlighed, hvor deltagerne ikke fors\u00f8ger at n\u00e5 en grad af f\u00e6lles forst\u00e5else af, hvordan man l\u00f8ser samfundets problemer p\u00e5 en m\u00e5de, der tager h\u00f8jde for relevante borgere. [...] Man kan ikke n\u00f8jes med at l\u00e6se Habermas, hvis man vil forst\u00e5 offentlighedens rolle i demokratier. Uden Habermas\u2019 perspektiv risikerer man imidlertid at blinde sig selv for, hvordan det rationelle og inklusive, p\u00e5 trods af alle utilstr\u00e6kkeligheder, m\u00e5 spille en rolle i demokratiske legitimeringsprocesser \u2013 b\u00e5de som vejen til legitimering af demokratiske processer og som vejen til at udfordre samme.&quot;<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('52','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_52\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/samfundslitteratur.dk\/bog\/den-nye-borgerlige-offentlighed\" title=\"https:\/\/samfundslitteratur.dk\/bog\/den-nye-borgerlige-offentlighed\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/samfundslitteratur.dk\/bog\/den-nye-borgerlige-offentlighed<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('52','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2021\">2021<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_unpublished\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('53','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">The Freedom to Remain Silent. The Right to make Qualified Contributions to the Public Sphere<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  unpublished\">Unpublished<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2021<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_53\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('53','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_53\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('53','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_53\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('53','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_53\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@unpublished{Hansen2021c,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {The Freedom to Remain Silent. The Right to make Qualified Contributions to the Public Sphere},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/forsvar-doktorafhandling-om-tavshedens-produktive-rolle-i-offentligheden\/},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2021},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2021-10-12},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2021-10-12},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Manuscript handed in with the view to obtain the higher doctoral degree in philosophy (dr. phil -- comparable to the German \"Habilitation\"). Defended at Aarhus University on December 2023.<br \/>\r\n<br \/>\r\nThis book sets out to turn a centuries-old discussion about a particular aspect of democracy on its head. It has been commonplace since the Enlightenment and the emergence of rationalism to believe that some form of freedom of expression is the path to an enlightened public sphere. While accepting that this is the case, I wish to supplement this line of thought by adding its opposite into the mix. Just as dialogue and information are indispensable ingredients in a functioning democracy, I want to show that silence is also a fundamental prerequisite. With this in mind, I suggest that we supplement thinking about freedom of expression with similar deliberations about freedom of silence. In order to prepare the ground for this, the book sets out to bring forth the significance and importance of silence in the generation of communicative significance. This is done in a reading of Habermas, Heidegger, Derrida, Deleuze, Kierkegaard, (a.o.). In the second half of the book I show how silence can be used critically to create space for thoughtfulness in the democratic spheres that tend to be crowded with an overwhelming amount of discussion.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {unpublished}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('53','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_53\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Manuscript handed in with the view to obtain the higher doctoral degree in philosophy (dr. phil -- comparable to the German &quot;Habilitation&quot;). Defended at Aarhus University on December 2023.<br \/>\r\n<br \/>\r\nThis book sets out to turn a centuries-old discussion about a particular aspect of democracy on its head. It has been commonplace since the Enlightenment and the emergence of rationalism to believe that some form of freedom of expression is the path to an enlightened public sphere. While accepting that this is the case, I wish to supplement this line of thought by adding its opposite into the mix. Just as dialogue and information are indispensable ingredients in a functioning democracy, I want to show that silence is also a fundamental prerequisite. With this in mind, I suggest that we supplement thinking about freedom of expression with similar deliberations about freedom of silence. In order to prepare the ground for this, the book sets out to bring forth the significance and importance of silence in the generation of communicative significance. This is done in a reading of Habermas, Heidegger, Derrida, Deleuze, Kierkegaard, (a.o.). In the second half of the book I show how silence can be used critically to create space for thoughtfulness in the democratic spheres that tend to be crowded with an overwhelming amount of discussion.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('53','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_53\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/forsvar-doktorafhandling-om-tavshedens-produktive-rolle-i-offentligheden\/\" title=\"https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/forsvar-doktorafhandling-om-tavshedens-produktive-roll[...]\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/forsvar-doktorafhandling-om-tavshedens-produktive-roll[...]<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('53','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('49','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Hvordan tavshedens aporier driver diskursanalysen ud af balance<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Paradoks.nu, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2021<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_issn\">ISSN: 2597-3185<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_49\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('49','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_49\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('49','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_49\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('49','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_49\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2021b,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Hvordan tavshedens aporier driver diskursanalysen ud af balance},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/paradoks.nu\/2021\/09\/23\/hvordan-tavshedens-aporier-driver-diskursanalysen-ud-af-balance\/<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/den-fjerde-statsmagt-som-udoever-af-tavshed\/},<br \/>\r\nissn = {2597-3185},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2021},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2021-09-23},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2021-09-23},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Paradoks.nu},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {I denne artikel viser jeg, hvordan tavsheden kan bruges i kritisk diskursanalyse. Artiklen l\u00e6gger sig i forl\u00e6ngelse af Faircloughs arbejde med at metodologisere diskursanalysen. Set fra et foucaultsk perspektiv er der ganske vist en r\u00e6kke problemer ved dette, men jeg argumenterer for at et fokus p\u00e5, hvordan tavshed spiller et rolle ind i diskurserne, kan afhj\u00e6lpe nogle af de filosofiske bekymringer herved. En m\u00e5de at h\u00e5ndtere udfordringerne er nemlig ved vedvarende at udfordre, nuancere og variere metoderne. I forl\u00e6ngelse af et l\u00e6ngere forskningsprojekt, hvor jeg filosofisk ops\u00f8ger m\u00e5der, hvorp\u00e5 tavshed er konstitutiv for diskursive praksisser i offentligheden, giver jeg et bud p\u00e5, hvordan disse indsigter kan bringes i spil i en diskursanalytisk kontekst. Jeg argumenterer for, at fordelen ved at bringe et tavshedsfokus ind i den metodologiserede diskursanalyse er, at tavsheden i sig selv mods\u00e6tter sig den fastfrysning, som ligger latent i metodologiseringen, fordi tavsheden peger ind i en aporetisk (uomg\u00e6ngelig og ul\u00f8selig) problematik. Konkret viser jeg, hvordan en diskursanalytisk fokusering p\u00e5 aporetiske strukturer i vores begreber om legitimitet kan bruges til at opl\u00f8se eller modificere eksisterende diskursive modstillinger. Min case er her en virtuel diskussion mellem Greta Thunberg og Pia Kj\u00e6rsgaard.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('49','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_49\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">I denne artikel viser jeg, hvordan tavsheden kan bruges i kritisk diskursanalyse. Artiklen l\u00e6gger sig i forl\u00e6ngelse af Faircloughs arbejde med at metodologisere diskursanalysen. Set fra et foucaultsk perspektiv er der ganske vist en r\u00e6kke problemer ved dette, men jeg argumenterer for at et fokus p\u00e5, hvordan tavshed spiller et rolle ind i diskurserne, kan afhj\u00e6lpe nogle af de filosofiske bekymringer herved. En m\u00e5de at h\u00e5ndtere udfordringerne er nemlig ved vedvarende at udfordre, nuancere og variere metoderne. I forl\u00e6ngelse af et l\u00e6ngere forskningsprojekt, hvor jeg filosofisk ops\u00f8ger m\u00e5der, hvorp\u00e5 tavshed er konstitutiv for diskursive praksisser i offentligheden, giver jeg et bud p\u00e5, hvordan disse indsigter kan bringes i spil i en diskursanalytisk kontekst. Jeg argumenterer for, at fordelen ved at bringe et tavshedsfokus ind i den metodologiserede diskursanalyse er, at tavsheden i sig selv mods\u00e6tter sig den fastfrysning, som ligger latent i metodologiseringen, fordi tavsheden peger ind i en aporetisk (uomg\u00e6ngelig og ul\u00f8selig) problematik. Konkret viser jeg, hvordan en diskursanalytisk fokusering p\u00e5 aporetiske strukturer i vores begreber om legitimitet kan bruges til at opl\u00f8se eller modificere eksisterende diskursive modstillinger. Min case er her en virtuel diskussion mellem Greta Thunberg og Pia Kj\u00e6rsgaard.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('49','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_49\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/paradoks.nu\/2021\/09\/23\/hvordan-tavshedens-aporier-driver-diskursanalysen-ud-af-balance\/\" title=\"https:\/\/paradoks.nu\/2021\/09\/23\/hvordan-tavshedens-aporier-driver-diskursanalysen[...]\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/paradoks.nu\/2021\/09\/23\/hvordan-tavshedens-aporier-driver-diskursanalysen[...]<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/den-fjerde-statsmagt-som-udoever-af-tavshed\/\" title=\"http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/den-fjerde-statsmagt-som-udoever-af-tavshed\/\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/den-fjerde-statsmagt-som-udoever-af-tavshed\/<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('49','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('48','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Silence Outside the Repressive Paradigm: Silence as a Condition for Public Exchanges<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Critical Horizons, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 22, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_number\">no. 3, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 233-249, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2021<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_48\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('48','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_48\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('48','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_48\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('48','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_48\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2021a,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Silence Outside the Repressive Paradigm: Silence as a Condition for Public Exchanges},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/www.tandfonline.com\/doi\/full\/10.1080\/14409917.2021.1953747<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_ConceptsOfSilence.pdf},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.1080\/14409917.2021.1953747},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2021},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2021-08-06},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2021-08-06},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Critical Horizons},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {22},<br \/>\r\nnumber = {3},<br \/>\r\npages = {233-249},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Silence is often considered under the sign of repression or oppression, and as such, the result of forces hostile to democracy. In this paper we will try to demystify that unilateral image of silence, reviving the dialectic between silence and democracy in which the former operates as a foundational precondition for exchanges in the democratic public spheres. An increased awareness of the structures of silence will help us reflect upon what remains external to ongoing public discourses. Through a reading of Deleuze, Foucault, Derrida and Heidegger, it will be shown that understanding silence not as the passive negative of speaking, but as an active form of reflection, will help us become aware of what is pre-emptively excluded from discursive exchanges. It is argued that an awareness of this kind of silence can help us reflect upon the structures of public discourses.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('48','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_48\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Silence is often considered under the sign of repression or oppression, and as such, the result of forces hostile to democracy. In this paper we will try to demystify that unilateral image of silence, reviving the dialectic between silence and democracy in which the former operates as a foundational precondition for exchanges in the democratic public spheres. An increased awareness of the structures of silence will help us reflect upon what remains external to ongoing public discourses. Through a reading of Deleuze, Foucault, Derrida and Heidegger, it will be shown that understanding silence not as the passive negative of speaking, but as an active form of reflection, will help us become aware of what is pre-emptively excluded from discursive exchanges. It is argued that an awareness of this kind of silence can help us reflect upon the structures of public discourses.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('48','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_48\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/www.tandfonline.com\/doi\/full\/10.1080\/14409917.2021.1953747\" title=\"https:\/\/www.tandfonline.com\/doi\/full\/10.1080\/14409917.2021.1953747\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/www.tandfonline.com\/doi\/full\/10.1080\/14409917.2021.1953747<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_ConceptsOfSilence.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_ConceptsOfSilence.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_ConceptsOfSilence.pdf<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1080\/14409917.2021.1953747\" title=\"Follow DOI:10.1080\/14409917.2021.1953747\" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.1080\/14409917.2021.1953747<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('48','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2020\">2020<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Ejvind, Hansen<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('47','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Sandheden som en udfordring af det liberale demokrati<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Res Cogitans - Journal of Philosophy, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 14, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_number\">no. 1, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 1-23, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2020<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_issn\">ISSN: 1603-8509<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_47\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('47','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_47\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('47','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_47\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('47','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_47\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2020,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Sandheden som en udfordring af det liberale demokrati},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Hansen Ejvind},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/tidsskrift.dk\/res_cogitans\/article\/view\/120035<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/fake-news-holder-os-fanget-i-os-selv\/},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.7146\/rc.14120035},<br \/>\r\nissn = {1603-8509},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2020},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2020-05-05},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2020-05-05},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Res Cogitans - Journal of Philosophy},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {14},<br \/>\r\nnumber = {1},<br \/>\r\npages = {1-23},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Begrebet \u201cfake news\u201d spiller i disse \u00e5r en stor rolle i itales\u00e6ttelsen af forholdet mellem medier og demokrati. Jeg vil i denne artikel gennem en sammenstilling af Arendt, Habermas og Badious teorier om sandheden og dens rolle ind i den offentlige debat argumentere for, at det st\u00f8rste problem ved f\u00e6nomenets fremkomst ikke er, at folk kommer til at mangle oplysning. Problemet er derimod, at fake news ikke udfordrer os. Problemet med fake news er grundl\u00e6ggende, at de bekr\u00e6fter os i de opfattelser, som vi har p\u00e5 forh\u00e5nd, og dermed bliver vi i sidste ende begr\u00e6nset af den allerede eksisterende t\u00e6nkning.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('47','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_47\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Begrebet \u201cfake news\u201d spiller i disse \u00e5r en stor rolle i itales\u00e6ttelsen af forholdet mellem medier og demokrati. Jeg vil i denne artikel gennem en sammenstilling af Arendt, Habermas og Badious teorier om sandheden og dens rolle ind i den offentlige debat argumentere for, at det st\u00f8rste problem ved f\u00e6nomenets fremkomst ikke er, at folk kommer til at mangle oplysning. Problemet er derimod, at fake news ikke udfordrer os. Problemet med fake news er grundl\u00e6ggende, at de bekr\u00e6fter os i de opfattelser, som vi har p\u00e5 forh\u00e5nd, og dermed bliver vi i sidste ende begr\u00e6nset af den allerede eksisterende t\u00e6nkning.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('47','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_47\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/tidsskrift.dk\/res_cogitans\/article\/view\/120035\" title=\"https:\/\/tidsskrift.dk\/res_cogitans\/article\/view\/120035\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/tidsskrift.dk\/res_cogitans\/article\/view\/120035<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/fake-news-holder-os-fanget-i-os-selv\/\" title=\"http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/fake-news-holder-os-fanget-i-os-selv\/\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/fake-news-holder-os-fanget-i-os-selv\/<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.7146\/rc.14120035\" title=\"Follow DOI:10.7146\/rc.14120035\" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.7146\/rc.14120035<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('47','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2019\">2019<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind;  J\u00f8rndrup, Hanne<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('46','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Redaktionelt forord<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Journalistica - Tidsskrift for forskning i journalistik, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 1, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 4-5, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2019<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 1904-7967<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_46\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('46','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_46\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('46','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_46\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2019,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Redaktionelt forord},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen and Hanne J\u00f8rndrup},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Ejvind Hansen and Hanne J\u00f8rndrup},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/tidsskrift.dk\/journalistica\/issue\/view\/8209},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {1904-7967},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2019},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2019-05-02},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Journalistica - Tidsskrift for forskning i journalistik},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {1},<br \/>\r\npages = {4-5},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('46','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_46\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/tidsskrift.dk\/journalistica\/issue\/view\/8209\" title=\"https:\/\/tidsskrift.dk\/journalistica\/issue\/view\/8209\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/tidsskrift.dk\/journalistica\/issue\/view\/8209<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('46','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2018\">2018<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('45','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">The Fourth Estate: the Construction and Place of Silence in the Public Sphere<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Philosophy &amp; Social Criticism, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 44, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_number\">no. 10, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 1071\u20131089, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2018<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_issn\">ISSN: 0191-4537<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_45\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('45','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_45\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('45','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_45\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('45','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_45\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2018c,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {The Fourth Estate: the Construction and Place of Silence in the Public Sphere},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/doi.org\/10.1177\/0191453718797991<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/for-lidt-tavshed-i-offentligheden\/<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_SilenceAndDeliberation.pdf},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.1177\/0191453718797991},<br \/>\r\nissn = {0191-4537},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2018},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2018-11-21},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Philosophy & Social Criticism},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {44},<br \/>\r\nnumber = {10},<br \/>\r\npages = {1071\u20131089},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {The main narratives of prevailing ideas of the Fourth Estate were articulated in the era of traditional mass media, and these traditional narratives are challenged by the changing media landscapes. This raises the question whether traditional narratives of the Fourth Estate should be maintained. We will argue \u2013 through a close reading of Derrida\u2019s reflections on the relationship between communicative significance and silence, combined with a deliberative ideal for democracy \u2013 that the new structures of communication call for a Fourth Estate that focuses on creating spaces for flexible structures of silence in the public sphere. The Fourth Estate has an obvious assignment of counteracting problematic structures of silence (if certain important voices are not being heard). In this paper we will, however, bring out assignments of creating spaces of silence in the public sphere: By (a) silencing certain dominant voices, (b) making room for an increased lack of answers, and (c) creating an awareness of the insufficiencies of the public spheres.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('45','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_45\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">The main narratives of prevailing ideas of the Fourth Estate were articulated in the era of traditional mass media, and these traditional narratives are challenged by the changing media landscapes. This raises the question whether traditional narratives of the Fourth Estate should be maintained. We will argue \u2013 through a close reading of Derrida\u2019s reflections on the relationship between communicative significance and silence, combined with a deliberative ideal for democracy \u2013 that the new structures of communication call for a Fourth Estate that focuses on creating spaces for flexible structures of silence in the public sphere. The Fourth Estate has an obvious assignment of counteracting problematic structures of silence (if certain important voices are not being heard). In this paper we will, however, bring out assignments of creating spaces of silence in the public sphere: By (a) silencing certain dominant voices, (b) making room for an increased lack of answers, and (c) creating an awareness of the insufficiencies of the public spheres.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('45','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_45\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/doi.org\/10.1177\/0191453718797991\" title=\"https:\/\/doi.org\/10.1177\/0191453718797991\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/doi.org\/10.1177\/0191453718797991<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/for-lidt-tavshed-i-offentligheden\/\" title=\"http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/for-lidt-tavshed-i-offentligheden\/\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/for-lidt-tavshed-i-offentligheden\/<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_SilenceAndDeliberation.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_SilenceAndDeliberation.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_SilenceAndDeliberation.pdf<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1177\/0191453718797991\" title=\"Follow DOI:10.1177\/0191453718797991\" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.1177\/0191453718797991<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('45','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('42','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Deliberation and Forgiveness in the Public Sphere<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Critical Horizons. A Journal of Philosophy and Social Theory, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 19, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_number\">no. 1, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 49-66, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2018<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_42\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('42','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_42\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('42','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_42\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('42','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_42\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2018b,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Deliberation and Forgiveness in the Public Sphere},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/www.tandfonline.com\/doi\/full\/10.1080\/14409917.2017.1376935<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/tilgivende-refleksion\/<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_ForgivingDeliberation.pdf<br \/>\r\n},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.1080\/14409917.2017.1376935},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2018},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2018-01-18},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Critical Horizons. A Journal of Philosophy and Social Theory},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {19},<br \/>\r\nnumber = {1},<br \/>\r\npages = {49-66},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {A common objection to the argument for deliberative democracy is that it cannot provide mechanisms for achieving its ideal of all-inclusiveness. This does, however, not in itself refute the deliberative ideal. In a reading of Hannah Arendt and Jacques Derrida\u2019s writings on forgiveness, we argue that forgiving involves a renegotiation of our enemies and of ourselves. Hereby a renegotiation of the seemingly unbridgeable understandings of who our enemies are can be achieved. Forgiving involves a realisation that we have something in common with our foes. This opens the question: Why did our paths separate? We become puzzled and start to search for reasons. This does not mean that we have to accept ways of life that we detest. But it does mean that we need to be able to articulate counter arguments. Hereby limitations of prevailing understandings of who to include in deliberative processes can be overcome.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('42','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_42\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">A common objection to the argument for deliberative democracy is that it cannot provide mechanisms for achieving its ideal of all-inclusiveness. This does, however, not in itself refute the deliberative ideal. In a reading of Hannah Arendt and Jacques Derrida\u2019s writings on forgiveness, we argue that forgiving involves a renegotiation of our enemies and of ourselves. Hereby a renegotiation of the seemingly unbridgeable understandings of who our enemies are can be achieved. Forgiving involves a realisation that we have something in common with our foes. This opens the question: Why did our paths separate? We become puzzled and start to search for reasons. This does not mean that we have to accept ways of life that we detest. But it does mean that we need to be able to articulate counter arguments. Hereby limitations of prevailing understandings of who to include in deliberative processes can be overcome.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('42','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_42\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/www.tandfonline.com\/doi\/full\/10.1080\/14409917.2017.1376935\" title=\"http:\/\/www.tandfonline.com\/doi\/full\/10.1080\/14409917.2017.1376935\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/www.tandfonline.com\/doi\/full\/10.1080\/14409917.2017.1376935<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/tilgivende-refleksion\/\" title=\"http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/tilgivende-refleksion\/\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/tilgivende-refleksion\/<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_ForgivingDeliberation.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_ForgivingDeliberation.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_ForgivingDeliberation.pdf<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1080\/14409917.2017.1376935\" title=\"Follow DOI:10.1080\/14409917.2017.1376935\" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.1080\/14409917.2017.1376935<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('42','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('41','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Aporias of courage and the freedom of expression<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Philosophy &amp; Social Criticism, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 44, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_number\">no. 1, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 100-117, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2018<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_issn\">ISSN: 0191-4537<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_41\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('41','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_41\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('41','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_41\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('41','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_41\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2018a,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Aporias of courage and the freedom of expression},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/journals.sagepub.com\/doi\/full\/10.1177\/0191453717723193<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_AporiasOfCourage.pdf<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/modige-ytringer-i-offentligheden\/},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.1177\/0191453717723193},<br \/>\r\nissn = {0191-4537},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2018},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2018-01-02},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2018-01-02},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Philosophy & Social Criticism},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {44},<br \/>\r\nnumber = {1},<br \/>\r\npages = {100-117},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {In this article we will suggest that the traditional account of the freedom of expression needs revision. The emergence of Internet media has shown that the traditional ideal of a plurality of voices does not in itself lead to fruitful public spheres. Inspired by Foucault\u2019s interpretation of the Greek concept parrhesia we suggest that the plurality of voices should be supplemented with an ideal of courageous truth-telling. We will furthermore argue that the notion of courage has two dimensions that should be taken into account. On the one hand a Derridean reading of courage brings out a disruptive and aporetic feature of courage. On the other hand, courage also needs to be articulated through some kind of goal, which in a public setting calls for a deliberative dimension. We conclude by suggesting that public spheres with courageous truth-telling will facilitate societies in which strong voices and opinions are continuously challenged by less strong voices.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('41','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_41\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">In this article we will suggest that the traditional account of the freedom of expression needs revision. The emergence of Internet media has shown that the traditional ideal of a plurality of voices does not in itself lead to fruitful public spheres. Inspired by Foucault\u2019s interpretation of the Greek concept parrhesia we suggest that the plurality of voices should be supplemented with an ideal of courageous truth-telling. We will furthermore argue that the notion of courage has two dimensions that should be taken into account. On the one hand a Derridean reading of courage brings out a disruptive and aporetic feature of courage. On the other hand, courage also needs to be articulated through some kind of goal, which in a public setting calls for a deliberative dimension. We conclude by suggesting that public spheres with courageous truth-telling will facilitate societies in which strong voices and opinions are continuously challenged by less strong voices.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('41','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_41\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/journals.sagepub.com\/doi\/full\/10.1177\/0191453717723193\" title=\"http:\/\/journals.sagepub.com\/doi\/full\/10.1177\/0191453717723193\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/journals.sagepub.com\/doi\/full\/10.1177\/0191453717723193<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_AporiasOfCourage.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_AporiasOfCourage.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_AporiasOfCourage.pdf<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/modige-ytringer-i-offentligheden\/\" title=\"http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/modige-ytringer-i-offentligheden\/\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/modige-ytringer-i-offentligheden\/<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1177\/0191453717723193\" title=\"Follow DOI:10.1177\/0191453717723193\" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.1177\/0191453717723193<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('41','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2017\">2017<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_incollection\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\">K\u00e6rligheden og dens trusler <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  incollection\">Book Section<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span> Brock, Steen (Ed.): <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_booktitle\">Hvad er k\u00e6rlighed?, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 55-69, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Forlaget Philosophia, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">Aarhus, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2017<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 9788793041370<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_43\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('43','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_43\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('43','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_43\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@incollection{Hansen2017a,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {K\u00e6rligheden og dens trusler},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Steen Brock},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {9788793041370},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2017},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2017-11-15},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2017-11-15},<br \/>\r\nbooktitle = {Hvad er k\u00e6rlighed?},<br \/>\r\npages = {55-69},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Forlaget Philosophia},<br \/>\r\naddress = {Aarhus},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {I dette kapitel udl\u00e6gger jeg Alain Badious tekst \"Hvad er k\u00e6rlighed?\". Badiou er ikke prim\u00e6rt interesseret i k\u00e6rligheden som f\u00e6nomen eller f\u00f8lelse. I hans optik er k\u00e6rligheden en \"sandhedsprocedure\" p\u00e5 niveau med videnskaben, kunsten og politikken.N\u00e5r han fremh\u00e6ver k\u00e6rlighed som en sandhedsprocedure, s\u00e5 er det imidlertid en vigtig pointe for ham, at k\u00e6rlighed netop er en sandhedsprocedure p\u00e5 en anden m\u00e5de, end hvad der foreg\u00e5r i videnskaben, politikken og kunsten. K\u00e6rligheden s\u00e6tter scenen for \u201cToheden\u201d, hvor to enkelte individer bringes sammen uden at blive til et. Gennem denne Tohed bruger Badiou k\u00e6rligheden til at sige noget om, hvad det overhovedet vil sige at v\u00e6re et socialt subjekt, der eksisterer som lokalt medlem af en samlet Menneskehed. Til slut kommer jeg ogs\u00e5 ind p\u00e5, hvordan Badious begreb om truslerne mod k\u00e6rligheden (hvor han kun accepterer egoismen, og ikke accepterer rivalen som en integral trussel) skylder os nogle svar, ligesom hans fokus p\u00e5, at k\u00e6rlighedens vedvaren gennem troskab nok heller ikke kommer i m\u00e5l med, hvad der skal til for, at k\u00e6rlighedens Tohed best\u00e5r. Her overser han f.eks. tilgivelsens rolle.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {incollection}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('43','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_43\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">I dette kapitel udl\u00e6gger jeg Alain Badious tekst &quot;Hvad er k\u00e6rlighed?&quot;. Badiou er ikke prim\u00e6rt interesseret i k\u00e6rligheden som f\u00e6nomen eller f\u00f8lelse. I hans optik er k\u00e6rligheden en &quot;sandhedsprocedure&quot; p\u00e5 niveau med videnskaben, kunsten og politikken.N\u00e5r han fremh\u00e6ver k\u00e6rlighed som en sandhedsprocedure, s\u00e5 er det imidlertid en vigtig pointe for ham, at k\u00e6rlighed netop er en sandhedsprocedure p\u00e5 en anden m\u00e5de, end hvad der foreg\u00e5r i videnskaben, politikken og kunsten. K\u00e6rligheden s\u00e6tter scenen for \u201cToheden\u201d, hvor to enkelte individer bringes sammen uden at blive til et. Gennem denne Tohed bruger Badiou k\u00e6rligheden til at sige noget om, hvad det overhovedet vil sige at v\u00e6re et socialt subjekt, der eksisterer som lokalt medlem af en samlet Menneskehed. Til slut kommer jeg ogs\u00e5 ind p\u00e5, hvordan Badious begreb om truslerne mod k\u00e6rligheden (hvor han kun accepterer egoismen, og ikke accepterer rivalen som en integral trussel) skylder os nogle svar, ligesom hans fokus p\u00e5, at k\u00e6rlighedens vedvaren gennem troskab nok heller ikke kommer i m\u00e5l med, hvad der skal til for, at k\u00e6rlighedens Tohed best\u00e5r. Her overser han f.eks. tilgivelsens rolle.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('43','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_book\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('44','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Tal! \u2013 sammen<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  book\">Book<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Forlaget Mindspace, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2017<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 978-87-93535-16-9<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_44\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('44','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_44\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('44','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_44\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('44','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_44\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@book{Hansen2017b,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Tal! \u2013 sammen},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen<br \/>\r\n},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/www.forlagetmindspace.dk\/udgivelser\/skolen-for-livet\/tal-sammen<br \/>\r\nhttps:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/tal-sammen\/<br \/>\r\nhttps:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PostpubTalSammen.pdf},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {978-87-93535-16-9},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2017},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2017-11-08},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2017-11-08},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Forlaget Mindspace},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Samtaler skaber og \u00f8del\u00e6gger liv. Samtaler \u00e5bner for verden ved at lukke for den. For at kunne samtale er vi n\u00f8dt til dyrke tavsheden. Vi kan kun sikre ytringsfriheden ved at begr\u00e6nse den.<br \/>\r\n <br \/>\r\nTal! - sammen handler om s\u00e5danne paradokser i samtaler, som vi ikke kan l\u00f8se, men som vi alligevel m\u00e5 fors\u00f8ge at l\u00f8sne op for. Ved at forst\u00e5 hvordan vi kan begrunde vores talehandlinger og talefrihed, kan vi se, hvilken magt talen har og hvordan vi kan blive bedre til at tale p\u00e5 en m\u00e5de, der \u00e5bner for rummelige f\u00e6llesskaber, hvor flest muligt har indflydelse, og hvor vi gennem vores forskellighed udfordrer hinanden til en bred, nysgerrig og nuanceret forst\u00e5else af forhold i verden.  <br \/>\r\n <br \/>\r\nDen gode samtale foruds\u00e6tter, at vi l\u00e6rer at reflektere over samtalens gr\u00e6nser og indimellem at holde mund.<br \/>\r\n <br \/>\r\nBogen er en let tilg\u00e6ngelig introduktion til samtalens betingelser og henvender sig til studerende og professionelle, der arbejder med kommunikation.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {book}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('44','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_44\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Samtaler skaber og \u00f8del\u00e6gger liv. Samtaler \u00e5bner for verden ved at lukke for den. For at kunne samtale er vi n\u00f8dt til dyrke tavsheden. Vi kan kun sikre ytringsfriheden ved at begr\u00e6nse den.<br \/>\r\n <br \/>\r\nTal! - sammen handler om s\u00e5danne paradokser i samtaler, som vi ikke kan l\u00f8se, men som vi alligevel m\u00e5 fors\u00f8ge at l\u00f8sne op for. Ved at forst\u00e5 hvordan vi kan begrunde vores talehandlinger og talefrihed, kan vi se, hvilken magt talen har og hvordan vi kan blive bedre til at tale p\u00e5 en m\u00e5de, der \u00e5bner for rummelige f\u00e6llesskaber, hvor flest muligt har indflydelse, og hvor vi gennem vores forskellighed udfordrer hinanden til en bred, nysgerrig og nuanceret forst\u00e5else af forhold i verden.  <br \/>\r\n <br \/>\r\nDen gode samtale foruds\u00e6tter, at vi l\u00e6rer at reflektere over samtalens gr\u00e6nser og indimellem at holde mund.<br \/>\r\n <br \/>\r\nBogen er en let tilg\u00e6ngelig introduktion til samtalens betingelser og henvender sig til studerende og professionelle, der arbejder med kommunikation.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('44','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_44\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/www.forlagetmindspace.dk\/udgivelser\/skolen-for-livet\/tal-sammen\" title=\"https:\/\/www.forlagetmindspace.dk\/udgivelser\/skolen-for-livet\/tal-sammen\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/www.forlagetmindspace.dk\/udgivelser\/skolen-for-livet\/tal-sammen<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/tal-sammen\/\" title=\"https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/tal-sammen\/\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/tal-sammen\/<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PostpubTalSammen.pdf\" title=\"https:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PostpubTalSammen.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PostpubTalSammen.pdf<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('44','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2016\">2016<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('40','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Media Freedom as a Fundamental Right, Jan Oster (2015)<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Empedocles: European Journal for the Philosophy of Communication, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 7, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_number\">no. 1, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 99-102, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2016<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_40\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('40','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_40\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('40','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_40\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('40','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_40\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2016c,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Media Freedom as a Fundamental Right, Jan Oster (2015)},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1386\/ejpc.7.1.99_5},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.1386\/ejpc.7.1.99_5},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2016},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2016-05-01},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2016-05-01},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Empedocles: European Journal for the Philosophy of Communication},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {7},<br \/>\r\nnumber = {1},<br \/>\r\npages = {99-102},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Book review of Jan Osters book: Media Freedom as a Fundamental Right. Jan Oster (2015), Cambridge MA: Cambridge University Press, 338 pp.,<br \/>\r\nISBN: 9781107098954, h\/bk, \u00a379.99.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('40','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_40\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Book review of Jan Osters book: Media Freedom as a Fundamental Right. Jan Oster (2015), Cambridge MA: Cambridge University Press, 338 pp.,<br \/>\r\nISBN: 9781107098954, h\/bk, \u00a379.99.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('40','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_40\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1386\/ejpc.7.1.99_5\" title=\"http:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1386\/ejpc.7.1.99_5\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1386\/ejpc.7.1.99_5<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1386\/ejpc.7.1.99_5\" title=\"Follow DOI:10.1386\/ejpc.7.1.99_5\" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.1386\/ejpc.7.1.99_5<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('40','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('39','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Hackers in Hiding: a Foucaultian Analysis<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Philosophy &amp; Technology, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 29, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_number\">no. 1, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 5-19, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2016<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_issn\">ISSN: 2210-5433<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_39\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('39','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_39\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('39','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_39\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('39','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_39\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2016b,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Hackers in Hiding: a Foucaultian Analysis},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/link.springer.com\/article\/10.1007\/s13347-014-0182-7<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_MFHacking.pdf},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.1007\/s13347-014-0182-7},<br \/>\r\nissn = {2210-5433},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2016},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2016-03-01},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Philosophy & Technology},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {29},<br \/>\r\nnumber = {1},<br \/>\r\npages = {5-19},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {On several occasions Michel Foucault advocated a methodological turn towards what he called a \u201chappy positivism\u201d. Foucault\u2019s emphasis on the surface does not deny the importance of structures of hiding, but understands it as a game in which the structures of hiding are viewed as contingently given. In this paper I will analyse the conflict between the hacker movement and the field of corporate interests. I argue that the introduction of graphical user interfaces and the maintaining of copyright interests are the contingent background of the ongoing conflict. By bracketing the analyses of hidden intentional structures, the happy positivist is thus able to facilitate deeper understandings of the prevailing structures of hiding.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('39','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_39\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">On several occasions Michel Foucault advocated a methodological turn towards what he called a \u201chappy positivism\u201d. Foucault\u2019s emphasis on the surface does not deny the importance of structures of hiding, but understands it as a game in which the structures of hiding are viewed as contingently given. In this paper I will analyse the conflict between the hacker movement and the field of corporate interests. I argue that the introduction of graphical user interfaces and the maintaining of copyright interests are the contingent background of the ongoing conflict. By bracketing the analyses of hidden intentional structures, the happy positivist is thus able to facilitate deeper understandings of the prevailing structures of hiding.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('39','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_39\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/link.springer.com\/article\/10.1007\/s13347-014-0182-7\" title=\"http:\/\/link.springer.com\/article\/10.1007\/s13347-014-0182-7\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/link.springer.com\/article\/10.1007\/s13347-014-0182-7<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_MFHacking.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_MFHacking.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_MFHacking.pdf<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1007\/s13347-014-0182-7\" title=\"Follow DOI:10.1007\/s13347-014-0182-7\" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.1007\/s13347-014-0182-7<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('39','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_book\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('38','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Kugleregn m\u00f8der kuglepen<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  book\">Book<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Forlaget Philosophia, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">Aarhus, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2016<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 978-87-93041-31-8<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_38\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('38','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_38\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('38','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_38\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('38','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_38\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@book{Hansen2016a,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Kugleregn m\u00f8der kuglepen},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/kugleregn-moeder-kuglepen\/<br \/>\r\nhttps:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PostpubKugleregn.pdf},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {978-87-93041-31-8},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2016},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2016-01-14},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2016-01-14},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Forlaget Philosophia},<br \/>\r\naddress = {Aarhus},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Ytringsfriheden handler bl.a. om at kunne g\u00f8re grin med magthaverne. Ytringsfriheden handler ogs\u00e5 om at bygge bro mellem medborgere. Det kan vi g\u00f8re, n\u00e5r vi griner sammen, i stedet for at grine af hinanden.<br \/>\r\n<br \/>\r\nDen f\u00f8rste forside p\u00e5 satiremagasinet Charlie Hebdo efter terroranslaget mod bladets medarbejdere kan l\u00e6re os dette. P\u00e5 forsiden gr\u00e6der Muhammed og tilgiver terroristerne, men vil hellere grine med dem, som de var, da de var b\u00f8rn, der selv kunne lave sjove tegninger.<br \/>\r\n<br \/>\r\nKan vi, og skal vi, l\u00e6re at grine med terroristernes familie, venner og trosf\u00e6ller? Det argumenterer Ejvind Hansen, Forskningsleder i Journalistisk filosofi, for i denne bog!},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {book}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('38','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_38\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Ytringsfriheden handler bl.a. om at kunne g\u00f8re grin med magthaverne. Ytringsfriheden handler ogs\u00e5 om at bygge bro mellem medborgere. Det kan vi g\u00f8re, n\u00e5r vi griner sammen, i stedet for at grine af hinanden.<br \/>\r\n<br \/>\r\nDen f\u00f8rste forside p\u00e5 satiremagasinet Charlie Hebdo efter terroranslaget mod bladets medarbejdere kan l\u00e6re os dette. P\u00e5 forsiden gr\u00e6der Muhammed og tilgiver terroristerne, men vil hellere grine med dem, som de var, da de var b\u00f8rn, der selv kunne lave sjove tegninger.<br \/>\r\n<br \/>\r\nKan vi, og skal vi, l\u00e6re at grine med terroristernes familie, venner og trosf\u00e6ller? Det argumenterer Ejvind Hansen, Forskningsleder i Journalistisk filosofi, for i denne bog!<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('38','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_38\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/kugleregn-moeder-kuglepen\/\" title=\"https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/kugleregn-moeder-kuglepen\/\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/offentligheder.dk\/kugleregn-moeder-kuglepen\/<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PostpubKugleregn.pdf\" title=\"https:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PostpubKugleregn.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/PostpubKugleregn.pdf<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('38','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2015\">2015<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('37','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Journalistik som en hermeneutisk og dekonstruktiv intervention i den distribuerede offentlighed<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Journalistica - Tidsskrift for forskning i journalistik, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_number\">no. 1, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 96-115, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2015<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_issn\">ISSN: 1904-7967<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_37\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('37','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_37\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('37','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_37\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('37','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_37\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2015e,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Journalistik som en hermeneutisk og dekonstruktiv intervention i den distribuerede offentlighed},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/tidsskrift.dk\/index.php\/journalistica\/article\/view\/22980},<br \/>\r\nissn = {1904-7967},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2015},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2015-12-30},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2015-12-30},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Journalistica - Tidsskrift for forskning i journalistik},<br \/>\r\nnumber = {1},<br \/>\r\npages = {96-115},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Internettet har sat nye betingelser for den demokratiske offentlighed. Den journalistiske praksis er f\u00f8dt ind i nogle opgaver, der opstod sammen med massemediernes fremkomst. I takt med at de traditionelle massemedier (tryk, radio, tv) afl\u00f8ses af internetmedier, rejser sp\u00f8rgsm\u00e5let sig, om vi stadig har brug for journalistikken. Jeg vil argumentere for, at der i forhold til idealer om en deliberativ offentlighed ligger tre overordnede journalistiske opgaver: (a) traditionelle opgaver som formidling, efterforskning og kritik; (b) moderation af dialoger (sikre en passende diversitet mellem de talende); (c) moderation af tavshed (give stemme til de tavse interesser i samfundet).},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('37','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_37\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Internettet har sat nye betingelser for den demokratiske offentlighed. Den journalistiske praksis er f\u00f8dt ind i nogle opgaver, der opstod sammen med massemediernes fremkomst. I takt med at de traditionelle massemedier (tryk, radio, tv) afl\u00f8ses af internetmedier, rejser sp\u00f8rgsm\u00e5let sig, om vi stadig har brug for journalistikken. Jeg vil argumentere for, at der i forhold til idealer om en deliberativ offentlighed ligger tre overordnede journalistiske opgaver: (a) traditionelle opgaver som formidling, efterforskning og kritik; (b) moderation af dialoger (sikre en passende diversitet mellem de talende); (c) moderation af tavshed (give stemme til de tavse interesser i samfundet).<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('37','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_37\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/tidsskrift.dk\/index.php\/journalistica\/article\/view\/22980\" title=\"http:\/\/tidsskrift.dk\/index.php\/journalistica\/article\/view\/22980\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/tidsskrift.dk\/index.php\/journalistica\/article\/view\/22980<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('37','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_inbook\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('36','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Journalistik om socialt udsatte b\u00f8rn og unge: Med eller om forskning? En diskursanalytisk refleksion over mediernes brug af forskning<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  inbook\">Book Chapter<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span> Kabel, Lars;  Hansen, Ejvind;  Svith, Flemming Tait;  Johansen, Kresten Roland;  Ejstrup, Michael;  Madsen, Poul Th\u00f8is;  Buch, Roger;  Koch, Thomas \u00d8sterlin (Ed.): <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_booktitle\">Forskning i medierne. Om socialt udsatte b\u00f8rn og unge. En forskningsrapport, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 76-85, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Forlaget Ajour, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">Aarhus, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2015<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 978-87-92816-95-5<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_36\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('36','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_36\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('36','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_36\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('36','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_36\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@inbook{Hansen2015c,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Journalistik om socialt udsatte b\u00f8rn og unge: Med eller om forskning? En diskursanalytisk refleksion over mediernes brug af forskning},<br \/>\r\nauthor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Lars Kabel and Ejvind Hansen and Flemming Tait Svith and Kresten Roland Johansen and Michael Ejstrup and Poul Th\u00f8is Madsen and Roger Buch and Thomas \u00d8sterlin Koch},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/www.dmjx.dk\/nyheder\/view\/dmjx-kortlaegger-mediedaekningen-af-socialt-udsatte-born<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/www.e-pages.dk\/trygfonden\/270\/html5\/1\/},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {978-87-92816-95-5},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2015},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2015-12-10},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2015-12-10},<br \/>\r\nbooktitle = {Forskning i medierne. Om socialt udsatte b\u00f8rn og unge. En forskningsrapport},<br \/>\r\npages = {76-85},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Forlaget Ajour},<br \/>\r\naddress = {Aarhus},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {I denne artikel unders\u00f8ges det, hvordan m\u00f8det mellem forskningen og den journalistiske formidling foreg\u00e5r. Hvad sker der i m\u00f8det mellem to kommunikative felter, der  forholder sig til forskellige m\u00e5lgrupper med indbyrdes forskellige forventninger og idealer for kommunikationen. Unders\u00f8gelsen foreg\u00e5r ved at lave en diskursiv sammenligning af fire journalistiske produkter med deres forskningsm\u00e6ssige baggrund, hvor der henholdsvis skelnes mellem om artiklen bygger p\u00e5 anvendt- eller grundforskning, og om artiklen er blevet trigget af forskning, eller om forskningen skal underbygge ikke-forskningsm\u00e6ssige pointer.<br \/>\r\n<br \/>\r\nUnders\u00f8gelsen foretages ud fra en tese om, at artikler der er trigget af forskning udviser den mindste forskel i forhold til de oprindelige forskningsartikler, og at produktet, der tr\u00e6kker p\u00e5 anvendt forskning viser den allermindste forskel, eftersom man m\u00e5 formode, at forskningen her allerede fra starten har haft en klar fort\u00e6lling om den umiddelbare samfundsm\u00e6ssige (og dermed mediem\u00e6ssige) relevans.<br \/>\r\n<br \/>\r\nAnalyserne viser, at journalisterne (i) selv udv\u00e6lger, hvad de ser som det v\u00e6sentligste i den diskuterede forskning, (ii) tilf\u00f8rer mere identifikationsskabende elementer, og (iii) sk\u00e6rper de fremlagte pointer. Den selektive tilgang (i) kan naturligvis begrundes med, at den journalistiske form typisk er kortere. Den identifikationsskabende bev\u00e6gelse (ii) tyder p\u00e5, at dette netop er noget, som journalisterne mener, der er for lidt af i de forskningsm\u00e6ssige vinkler. Sk\u00e6rpelsen af de fremlagte pointer (iii) medf\u00f8rer, at forskningen let kommer til at fremst\u00e5 mere skr\u00e5sikker, end man kan finde bel\u00e6g for i de analyserede forskningsprodukter.<br \/>\r\n<br \/>\r\nGenerelt finder vi, at afstanden mellem forskningsformidling og journalistisk formidling er mindst, n\u00e5r forskningen selv har trigget de journalistiske historier. Men vi har ogs\u00e5 set, at det refererende ideal kan suppleres frugtbart ved et mere dialogisk-kritisk, hvor man netop viser, at forskningen sj\u00e6ldent er s\u00e5 konklusiv, som de sm\u00e5 referater kan give indtryk af. Herved f\u00e5r forskningen en mindre autoritativ rolle, og l\u00e6seren\/lytteren\/seeren inviteres til mere aktivt selv at skulle danne sig en mening.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {inbook}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('36','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_36\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">I denne artikel unders\u00f8ges det, hvordan m\u00f8det mellem forskningen og den journalistiske formidling foreg\u00e5r. Hvad sker der i m\u00f8det mellem to kommunikative felter, der  forholder sig til forskellige m\u00e5lgrupper med indbyrdes forskellige forventninger og idealer for kommunikationen. Unders\u00f8gelsen foreg\u00e5r ved at lave en diskursiv sammenligning af fire journalistiske produkter med deres forskningsm\u00e6ssige baggrund, hvor der henholdsvis skelnes mellem om artiklen bygger p\u00e5 anvendt- eller grundforskning, og om artiklen er blevet trigget af forskning, eller om forskningen skal underbygge ikke-forskningsm\u00e6ssige pointer.<br \/>\r\n<br \/>\r\nUnders\u00f8gelsen foretages ud fra en tese om, at artikler der er trigget af forskning udviser den mindste forskel i forhold til de oprindelige forskningsartikler, og at produktet, der tr\u00e6kker p\u00e5 anvendt forskning viser den allermindste forskel, eftersom man m\u00e5 formode, at forskningen her allerede fra starten har haft en klar fort\u00e6lling om den umiddelbare samfundsm\u00e6ssige (og dermed mediem\u00e6ssige) relevans.<br \/>\r\n<br \/>\r\nAnalyserne viser, at journalisterne (i) selv udv\u00e6lger, hvad de ser som det v\u00e6sentligste i den diskuterede forskning, (ii) tilf\u00f8rer mere identifikationsskabende elementer, og (iii) sk\u00e6rper de fremlagte pointer. Den selektive tilgang (i) kan naturligvis begrundes med, at den journalistiske form typisk er kortere. Den identifikationsskabende bev\u00e6gelse (ii) tyder p\u00e5, at dette netop er noget, som journalisterne mener, der er for lidt af i de forskningsm\u00e6ssige vinkler. Sk\u00e6rpelsen af de fremlagte pointer (iii) medf\u00f8rer, at forskningen let kommer til at fremst\u00e5 mere skr\u00e5sikker, end man kan finde bel\u00e6g for i de analyserede forskningsprodukter.<br \/>\r\n<br \/>\r\nGenerelt finder vi, at afstanden mellem forskningsformidling og journalistisk formidling er mindst, n\u00e5r forskningen selv har trigget de journalistiske historier. Men vi har ogs\u00e5 set, at det refererende ideal kan suppleres frugtbart ved et mere dialogisk-kritisk, hvor man netop viser, at forskningen sj\u00e6ldent er s\u00e5 konklusiv, som de sm\u00e5 referater kan give indtryk af. Herved f\u00e5r forskningen en mindre autoritativ rolle, og l\u00e6seren\/lytteren\/seeren inviteres til mere aktivt selv at skulle danne sig en mening.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('36','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_36\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/www.dmjx.dk\/nyheder\/view\/dmjx-kortlaegger-mediedaekningen-af-socialt-udsatte-born\" title=\"http:\/\/www.dmjx.dk\/nyheder\/view\/dmjx-kortlaegger-mediedaekningen-af-socialt-udsa[...]\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/www.dmjx.dk\/nyheder\/view\/dmjx-kortlaegger-mediedaekningen-af-socialt-udsa[...]<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/www.e-pages.dk\/trygfonden\/270\/html5\/1\/\" title=\"http:\/\/www.e-pages.dk\/trygfonden\/270\/html5\/1\/\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/www.e-pages.dk\/trygfonden\/270\/html5\/1\/<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('36','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('33','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">The Homo Sacer of open-source journalism<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Empedocles: European Journal for the Philosophy of Communication, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 6, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_number\">no. 1, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 21\u201338, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2015<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_33\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('33','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_33\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('33','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_33\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('33','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_33\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2015b,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {The Homo Sacer of open-source journalism},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/www.ingentaconnect.com\/content\/intellect\/ejpc\/2015\/00000006\/00000001\/art00002<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_HomoSacerOpenSource.pdf},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.1386\/ejpc.6.1.21_1},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2015},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2015-01-01},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2015-01-01},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Empedocles: European Journal for the Philosophy of Communication},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {6},<br \/>\r\nnumber = {1},<br \/>\r\npages = {21--38},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {In this article I discuss the democratic implications of a journalistic turn towards some of the ideals hosted in the open-source movements. I argue that such a turn would be, from the egalitarian and democratic points of view, of real benefit, since it seems to facilitate a dissolution of several dichotomies. It is, however, also important to notice that in this gesture of overturning ossified norms, new kinds of blind spots in the public awareness are created. Think, for instance, of the exclusion that is encountered by those who are (computer) illiterate or averse to the intrusive atmosphere of the Internet. In addition, think of the perpetually Other \u2013 the marginalized subjectivities of those who have no voice, luck or fairness in society anyway. The Internet sphere could turn out to add another dimension to their exclusion or be used as a tool for harassing them in various ways.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('33','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_33\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">In this article I discuss the democratic implications of a journalistic turn towards some of the ideals hosted in the open-source movements. I argue that such a turn would be, from the egalitarian and democratic points of view, of real benefit, since it seems to facilitate a dissolution of several dichotomies. It is, however, also important to notice that in this gesture of overturning ossified norms, new kinds of blind spots in the public awareness are created. Think, for instance, of the exclusion that is encountered by those who are (computer) illiterate or averse to the intrusive atmosphere of the Internet. In addition, think of the perpetually Other \u2013 the marginalized subjectivities of those who have no voice, luck or fairness in society anyway. The Internet sphere could turn out to add another dimension to their exclusion or be used as a tool for harassing them in various ways.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('33','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_33\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/www.ingentaconnect.com\/content\/intellect\/ejpc\/2015\/00000006\/00000001\/art00002\" title=\"http:\/\/www.ingentaconnect.com\/content\/intellect\/ejpc\/2015\/00000006\/00000001\/art0[...]\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/www.ingentaconnect.com\/content\/intellect\/ejpc\/2015\/00000006\/00000001\/art0[...]<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_HomoSacerOpenSource.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_HomoSacerOpenSource.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_HomoSacerOpenSource.pdf<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1386\/ejpc.6.1.21_1\" title=\"Follow DOI:10.1386\/ejpc.6.1.21_1\" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.1386\/ejpc.6.1.21_1<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('33','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('34','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">The Positive Freedom of the Public Sphere.: The need for courageous truth-tellers<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Journalism Studies, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 16, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_number\">no. 6, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 767\u2013781, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2015<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_34\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('34','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_34\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('34','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_34\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('34','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_34\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2015a,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {The Positive Freedom of the Public Sphere.: The need for courageous truth-tellers},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/www.tandfonline.com\/doi\/full\/10.1080\/1461670X.2014.943937<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_PositiveFreedomAndCourage.pdf},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.1080\/1461670X.2014.943937},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2015},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2015-01-01},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Journalism Studies},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {16},<br \/>\r\nnumber = {6},<br \/>\r\npages = {767--781},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {The relationship between democracy and the media since the appearance of Habermas' major texts in the 1960s has been articulated through theories of the public sphere. The structure of the public sphere is significantly influenced by the communicative media, and the emergence of the internet thus calls for new reflections on the possible relationship between media, public sphere and democracy. This paper argues that we should change the questions that are raised when we try to assess the public sphere. It is argued that the traditional (Enlightenment) focus upon negative liberties and the truth-value of utterances is not adequate. Negative freedom and truth are certainly important in the public sphere, because they are necessary conditions for taking a qualified stance towards the challenges that we face. It is, however, important also to reflect on what negative liberties are used for\u2014which kinds of truths are articulated in public discussions. To answer this question it is argued that it is important to distinguish between affirmative truths and liberating truths (based on courage), the latter being what is required in democratic dialogues.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('34','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_34\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">The relationship between democracy and the media since the appearance of Habermas' major texts in the 1960s has been articulated through theories of the public sphere. The structure of the public sphere is significantly influenced by the communicative media, and the emergence of the internet thus calls for new reflections on the possible relationship between media, public sphere and democracy. This paper argues that we should change the questions that are raised when we try to assess the public sphere. It is argued that the traditional (Enlightenment) focus upon negative liberties and the truth-value of utterances is not adequate. Negative freedom and truth are certainly important in the public sphere, because they are necessary conditions for taking a qualified stance towards the challenges that we face. It is, however, important also to reflect on what negative liberties are used for\u2014which kinds of truths are articulated in public discussions. To answer this question it is argued that it is important to distinguish between affirmative truths and liberating truths (based on courage), the latter being what is required in democratic dialogues.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('34','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_34\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/www.tandfonline.com\/doi\/full\/10.1080\/1461670X.2014.943937\" title=\"http:\/\/www.tandfonline.com\/doi\/full\/10.1080\/1461670X.2014.943937\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/www.tandfonline.com\/doi\/full\/10.1080\/1461670X.2014.943937<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_PositiveFreedomAndCourage.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_PositiveFreedomAndCourage.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_PositiveFreedomAndCourage.pdf<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1080\/1461670X.2014.943937\" title=\"Follow DOI:10.1080\/1461670X.2014.943937\" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.1080\/1461670X.2014.943937<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('34','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2014\">2014<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_incollection\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('31','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Can the Ethics of the Fourth Estate Persevere in a Global Age?<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  incollection\">Book Section<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span> Wyatt, Wendy (Ed.): <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_booktitle\">The Ethics of Journalism: Individual, Cultural and Institutional Influences, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 229\u2013244, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">IB Tauris, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">London, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2014<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 9781780766744<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_31\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('31','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_31\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('31','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_31\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('31','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_31\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@incollection{Hansen2014b,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Can the Ethics of the Fourth Estate Persevere in a Global Age?},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Wendy Wyatt},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/www.ibtauris.com\/en\/Books\/Economics%20finance%20business%20%20management\/Industry%20%20industrial%20studies\/Media%20information%20%20communication%20industries\/Press%20%20journalism\/The%20Ethics%20of%20Journalism%20Individual%20Institutional%20and%20Cultural%20Influence<br \/>\r\nhttps:\/\/reutersinstitute.politics.ox.ac.uk\/our-research\/ethics-journalism<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/blogs.lse.ac.uk\/mediapolicyproject\/2014\/05\/13\/book-review-the-ethics-of-journalism-individual-institutional-and-cultural-influences-edited-by-wendy-n-wyatt\/},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {9781780766744},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2014},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2014-01-01},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2014-01-01},<br \/>\r\nbooktitle = {The Ethics of Journalism: Individual, Cultural and Institutional Influences},<br \/>\r\npages = {229--244},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {IB Tauris},<br \/>\r\naddress = {London},<br \/>\r\nseries = {Reuters Challenges},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Due to the development of transnational communicative and economic structures, nation states are increasingly unable to be the starting point for journalistic regulation. In this chapter, therefore, I raise the question whether it is possible \u2013 and desirable \u2013 to have transnational rules for ethically good journalism. I argue that ethical evaluations should focus upon the meeting between normative ideals and factual realities. This meeting is always open because ideals can challenge reality, just as reality can challenge ideals. Ethical questions are thus always raising a fundamental \u201cmaybe\u201d. Traditionally the ideals of journalists have been articulated in close affiliation with ideas of the Fourth Estate. However, due to our globalised communicative structure, this articulation is in need of revision. I argue that the ethical requests change because the structure of Internet-based publics changes. Departing from this situation I suggest that journalistic products are ethically urgent insofar as they both bring communities together and give voice to the inarticulate or voiceless. I argue that in order to substantiate this approach it is important to articulate rules, because rules further the possibility of deliberating disagreements. The notion of deliberating disagreement is at the core of ethical discussions. I suggest that Habermas\u2019 discourse ethics account may serve as a starting point for articulating a robust body of journalistic ethics. However, two moderations are important: On one hand, the rules and codes should be articulated against a \u201cglobalised we\u201d, rather than against the nation state. On the other hand, it is important to realise that the rules do not robustly prescribe what to do. They should serve as a starting point for articulating and discussing disagreements. The openness of the global \u201cmaybe\u201d does not call for global agreement but rather for the possibility of discussing disagreements.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {incollection}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('31','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_31\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Due to the development of transnational communicative and economic structures, nation states are increasingly unable to be the starting point for journalistic regulation. In this chapter, therefore, I raise the question whether it is possible \u2013 and desirable \u2013 to have transnational rules for ethically good journalism. I argue that ethical evaluations should focus upon the meeting between normative ideals and factual realities. This meeting is always open because ideals can challenge reality, just as reality can challenge ideals. Ethical questions are thus always raising a fundamental \u201cmaybe\u201d. Traditionally the ideals of journalists have been articulated in close affiliation with ideas of the Fourth Estate. However, due to our globalised communicative structure, this articulation is in need of revision. I argue that the ethical requests change because the structure of Internet-based publics changes. Departing from this situation I suggest that journalistic products are ethically urgent insofar as they both bring communities together and give voice to the inarticulate or voiceless. I argue that in order to substantiate this approach it is important to articulate rules, because rules further the possibility of deliberating disagreements. The notion of deliberating disagreement is at the core of ethical discussions. I suggest that Habermas\u2019 discourse ethics account may serve as a starting point for articulating a robust body of journalistic ethics. However, two moderations are important: On one hand, the rules and codes should be articulated against a \u201cglobalised we\u201d, rather than against the nation state. On the other hand, it is important to realise that the rules do not robustly prescribe what to do. They should serve as a starting point for articulating and discussing disagreements. The openness of the global \u201cmaybe\u201d does not call for global agreement but rather for the possibility of discussing disagreements.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('31','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_31\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/www.ibtauris.com\/en\/Books\/Economics%20finance%20business%20%20management\/Industry%20%20industrial%20studies\/Media%20information%20%20communication%20industries\/Press%20%20journalism\/The%20Ethics%20of%20Journalism%20Individual%20Institutional%20and%20Cultural%20Influence\" title=\"http:\/\/www.ibtauris.com\/en\/Books\/Economics%20finance%20business%20%20management\/[...]\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/www.ibtauris.com\/en\/Books\/Economics%20finance%20business%20%20management\/[...]<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/reutersinstitute.politics.ox.ac.uk\/our-research\/ethics-journalism\" title=\"https:\/\/reutersinstitute.politics.ox.ac.uk\/our-research\/ethics-journalism\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/reutersinstitute.politics.ox.ac.uk\/our-research\/ethics-journalism<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/blogs.lse.ac.uk\/mediapolicyproject\/2014\/05\/13\/book-review-the-ethics-of-journalism-individual-institutional-and-cultural-influences-edited-by-wendy-n-wyatt\/\" title=\"http:\/\/blogs.lse.ac.uk\/mediapolicyproject\/2014\/05\/13\/book-review-the-ethics-of-j[...]\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/blogs.lse.ac.uk\/mediapolicyproject\/2014\/05\/13\/book-review-the-ethics-of-j[...]<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('31','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('32','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Vi glemmer, hvad de kan...<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Uden for nummer, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 29, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 34\u201339, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2014<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_32\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('32','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_32\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('32','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_32\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('32','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_32\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2014a,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Vi glemmer, hvad de kan...},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/www.socialraadgiverne.dk\/publikation\/uden-for-nummer-29\/<br \/>\r\nhttps:\/\/issuu.com\/socialrdg\/docs\/29-udenfornummer},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2014},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2014-01-01},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Uden for nummer},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {29},<br \/>\r\npages = {34--39},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {I denne artikel viser jeg, hvordan de mennesker, som socialr\u00e5dgiverne arbejder med, itales\u00e6ttes i lederen i fagbladet Socialr\u00e5dgiveren. Gennem en diskursanalyse bliver det godtgjort, at disse mennesker generelt itales\u00e6ttes som mennesker, der har brug for hj\u00e6lp. Det er der gode faglige og politiske grunde til. En videre refleksion viser imidlertid, at en negativ side-effekt af denne vinkling er, at disse mennesker i offentligheden mister legitimitet og v\u00e6rdighed. Socialr\u00e5dgiveren kunne her potentielt vinde en ny og vigtig rolle i at vise omverden, at folk med hj\u00e6lp behov ogs\u00e5 kan v\u00e6re en ressource for samfundet.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('32','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_32\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">I denne artikel viser jeg, hvordan de mennesker, som socialr\u00e5dgiverne arbejder med, itales\u00e6ttes i lederen i fagbladet Socialr\u00e5dgiveren. Gennem en diskursanalyse bliver det godtgjort, at disse mennesker generelt itales\u00e6ttes som mennesker, der har brug for hj\u00e6lp. Det er der gode faglige og politiske grunde til. En videre refleksion viser imidlertid, at en negativ side-effekt af denne vinkling er, at disse mennesker i offentligheden mister legitimitet og v\u00e6rdighed. Socialr\u00e5dgiveren kunne her potentielt vinde en ny og vigtig rolle i at vise omverden, at folk med hj\u00e6lp behov ogs\u00e5 kan v\u00e6re en ressource for samfundet.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('32','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_32\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/www.socialraadgiverne.dk\/publikation\/uden-for-nummer-29\/\" title=\"http:\/\/www.socialraadgiverne.dk\/publikation\/uden-for-nummer-29\/\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/www.socialraadgiverne.dk\/publikation\/uden-for-nummer-29\/<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/issuu.com\/socialrdg\/docs\/29-udenfornummer\" title=\"https:\/\/issuu.com\/socialrdg\/docs\/29-udenfornummer\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/issuu.com\/socialrdg\/docs\/29-udenfornummer<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('32','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2013\">2013<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('26','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Aporias of Digital Journalism<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Journalism: Theory, Practice &amp; Criticism, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 14, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_number\">no. 5, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 678\u2013694, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2013<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_26\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('26','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_26\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('26','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_26\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('26','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_26\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2013,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Aporias of Digital Journalism},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/jou.sagepub.com\/content\/early\/2012\/07\/10\/1464884912453283.abstract?rss=1<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_AporiasOfDigitalJournalism.pdf},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.1177\/1464884912453283},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2013},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2013-01-01},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Journalism: Theory, Practice & Criticism},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {14},<br \/>\r\nnumber = {5},<br \/>\r\npages = {678--694},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {The internet poses, in certain ways, a problem for journalists: on the one hand, it is evidently a marvellous tool for investigative work, for the rapid dissemination of information, and for creating new news platforms with new constituencies; on the other hand, these constituencies, habituated to the real time coordinates of internet communication, are impatient with the old rhythms of the news cycle, and impatient with forms of journalistic authority that were formed in the era of one-way mass medias. The very status of the journalist as reporter or opinion maker has been put into question as the bar to entry for creating a mass media audience has lowered dramatically \u2013 which was first noticed when bloggers of all types rose to prominence. This article presents an account of journalism that relates thematically to the idea that the future of journalism lies primarily in the journalist as editor, moderator and curator. We suggest, however, that these accounts need a twist in order to incorporate the critical ethos of journalism. Journalists should not be thought of merely as those who edit, moderate and curate already ongoing dialogues. Journalists should also help to show the blank spots of ongoing dialogues, in order to make the silent voices heard. Journalists should facilitate an awareness of which voices are not heard in the ongoing dialogues. To show this, we articulate a Derridean deconstruction of the situation of journalists, hereby showing that the founding aporias of journalism (the aporia of giving and denying voices) have been replaced by an aporia of giving and denying room for dialogue.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('26','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_26\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">The internet poses, in certain ways, a problem for journalists: on the one hand, it is evidently a marvellous tool for investigative work, for the rapid dissemination of information, and for creating new news platforms with new constituencies; on the other hand, these constituencies, habituated to the real time coordinates of internet communication, are impatient with the old rhythms of the news cycle, and impatient with forms of journalistic authority that were formed in the era of one-way mass medias. The very status of the journalist as reporter or opinion maker has been put into question as the bar to entry for creating a mass media audience has lowered dramatically \u2013 which was first noticed when bloggers of all types rose to prominence. This article presents an account of journalism that relates thematically to the idea that the future of journalism lies primarily in the journalist as editor, moderator and curator. We suggest, however, that these accounts need a twist in order to incorporate the critical ethos of journalism. Journalists should not be thought of merely as those who edit, moderate and curate already ongoing dialogues. Journalists should also help to show the blank spots of ongoing dialogues, in order to make the silent voices heard. Journalists should facilitate an awareness of which voices are not heard in the ongoing dialogues. To show this, we articulate a Derridean deconstruction of the situation of journalists, hereby showing that the founding aporias of journalism (the aporia of giving and denying voices) have been replaced by an aporia of giving and denying room for dialogue.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('26','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_26\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/jou.sagepub.com\/content\/early\/2012\/07\/10\/1464884912453283.abstract?rss=1\" title=\"http:\/\/jou.sagepub.com\/content\/early\/2012\/07\/10\/1464884912453283.abstract?rss=1\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/jou.sagepub.com\/content\/early\/2012\/07\/10\/1464884912453283.abstract?rss=1<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_AporiasOfDigitalJournalism.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_AporiasOfDigitalJournalism.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_AporiasOfDigitalJournalism.pdf<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1177\/1464884912453283\" title=\"Follow DOI:10.1177\/1464884912453283\" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.1177\/1464884912453283<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('26','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('27','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Critique as Lending Voice to the Mystical<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">SATS \u2013 Northern European Journal of Philosophy, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 14, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_number\">no. 2, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 142\u2013152, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2013<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_27\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('27','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_27\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('27','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_27\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('27','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_27\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2013d,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Critique as Lending Voice to the Mystical},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {https:\/\/www.degruyter.com\/view\/j\/sats.2013.14.issue-2\/sats-2013-0008\/sats-2013-0008.xml?format=INT<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_CritiqueLendingVoiceMystical.pdf},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.1515\/sats-2013-0008. },<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2013},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2013-01-01},<br \/>\r\njournal = {SATS \u2013 Northern European Journal of Philosophy},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {14},<br \/>\r\nnumber = {2},<br \/>\r\npages = {142--152},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {In this paper, I contemplate the relationship between two apparently opposing approaches to critical theory: one privileges the focus on the rational coherence of discourse (which is characteristic, for instance, of Habermas), while the other privileges the focus upon experiential world disclosure (which is characteristic of those influenced by Heidegger). I will suggest that these two approaches complement each other in that they accentuate two different dimensions of intellectual and practical approaches towards the world: the quest for systematicity and the quest for adequacy. Habermas\u2019 claim that critique that is not based in the protocols of rational coherence quickly becomes obscurantist and reactionary does admittedly articulate an important point in relation to critical reflection when it aims at articulating alternatives to an entrenched power structure. It will, however, be argued that critical reflection also needs an openness towards alternative narratives that are not bounded by fixed truthclaims, but rather operate through problematising the prevailing horizons of truth. This will be my starting point for suggesting that the critical aspect of world-disclosing approaches consists in their showing alternative potentialities - rather than alternative realities. In order to carry out this argument, I propose a distinction between rationality, irrationality and the non-rational, which leads to the claim that it is not irrational for rationality to be contemplated in relation to the non-rational.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('27','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_27\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">In this paper, I contemplate the relationship between two apparently opposing approaches to critical theory: one privileges the focus on the rational coherence of discourse (which is characteristic, for instance, of Habermas), while the other privileges the focus upon experiential world disclosure (which is characteristic of those influenced by Heidegger). I will suggest that these two approaches complement each other in that they accentuate two different dimensions of intellectual and practical approaches towards the world: the quest for systematicity and the quest for adequacy. Habermas\u2019 claim that critique that is not based in the protocols of rational coherence quickly becomes obscurantist and reactionary does admittedly articulate an important point in relation to critical reflection when it aims at articulating alternatives to an entrenched power structure. It will, however, be argued that critical reflection also needs an openness towards alternative narratives that are not bounded by fixed truthclaims, but rather operate through problematising the prevailing horizons of truth. This will be my starting point for suggesting that the critical aspect of world-disclosing approaches consists in their showing alternative potentialities - rather than alternative realities. In order to carry out this argument, I propose a distinction between rationality, irrationality and the non-rational, which leads to the claim that it is not irrational for rationality to be contemplated in relation to the non-rational.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('27','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_27\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/www.degruyter.com\/view\/j\/sats.2013.14.issue-2\/sats-2013-0008\/sats-2013-0008.xml?format=INT\" title=\"https:\/\/www.degruyter.com\/view\/j\/sats.2013.14.issue-2\/sats-2013-0008\/sats-2013-0[...]\" target=\"_blank\">https:\/\/www.degruyter.com\/view\/j\/sats.2013.14.issue-2\/sats-2013-0008\/sats-2013-0[...]<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_CritiqueLendingVoiceMystical.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_CritiqueLendingVoiceMystical.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_CritiqueLendingVoiceMystical.pdf<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1515\/sats-2013-0008. \" title=\"Follow DOI:10.1515\/sats-2013-0008. \" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.1515\/sats-2013-0008. <\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('27','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_incollection\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('28','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Den uregerlige ytringsfrihed: Et bud p\u00e5, hvordan vi bedst begr\u00e6nser ytringsfriheden i dag<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  incollection\">Book Section<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span> Hansen, Ejvind (Ed.): <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_booktitle\">Ytringsfriheden til forhandling - ytringsfrihedens betingelser og udfordringer i det 21. \u00e5rhundrede, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 201\u2013222, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Hans Reitzels Forlag, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">K\u00f8benhavn, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2013<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_28\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('28','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_28\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('28','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_28\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('28','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_28\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@incollection{Hansen2013b,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Den uregerlige ytringsfrihed: Et bud p\u00e5, hvordan vi bedst begr\u00e6nser ytringsfriheden i dag},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/hans.gyldendal-uddannelse.dk\/Books\/Kommunikation\/9788741258119},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2013},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2013-01-01},<br \/>\r\nbooktitle = {Ytringsfriheden til forhandling - ytringsfrihedens betingelser og udfordringer i det 21. \u00e5rhundrede},<br \/>\r\npages = {201--222},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Hans Reitzels Forlag},<br \/>\r\naddress = {K\u00f8benhavn},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {En refleksion over hvordan ytringsfriheden altid m\u00e5 v\u00e6re indlejret i et sp\u00e6ndingsfelt mellem g\u00e6ldende systemer og fors\u00f8g p\u00e5 at teste disse systemers gyldighed. Hvordan stiller ytringsfrihedens uregerlighed sig i dag, givet at ytringer rejser p\u00e5 tv\u00e6rs af landegr\u00e6nser. Er det muligt at opretholde et lovgivningsapparat til at regulere ytringerne, eller kunne man evt. indf\u00f8re en mere adf\u00e6rdsregulerende teknologi? Konklusionen m\u00e5 v\u00e6re, at lovgivning er bedre, fordi reglerne herved f\u00e5r en klar afsender og ansvarshavende, som man kan diskutere op imod.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {incollection}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('28','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_28\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">En refleksion over hvordan ytringsfriheden altid m\u00e5 v\u00e6re indlejret i et sp\u00e6ndingsfelt mellem g\u00e6ldende systemer og fors\u00f8g p\u00e5 at teste disse systemers gyldighed. Hvordan stiller ytringsfrihedens uregerlighed sig i dag, givet at ytringer rejser p\u00e5 tv\u00e6rs af landegr\u00e6nser. Er det muligt at opretholde et lovgivningsapparat til at regulere ytringerne, eller kunne man evt. indf\u00f8re en mere adf\u00e6rdsregulerende teknologi? Konklusionen m\u00e5 v\u00e6re, at lovgivning er bedre, fordi reglerne herved f\u00e5r en klar afsender og ansvarshavende, som man kan diskutere op imod.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('28','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_28\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/hans.gyldendal-uddannelse.dk\/Books\/Kommunikation\/9788741258119\" title=\"http:\/\/hans.gyldendal-uddannelse.dk\/Books\/Kommunikation\/9788741258119\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/hans.gyldendal-uddannelse.dk\/Books\/Kommunikation\/9788741258119<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('28','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_incollection\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('29','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Indledning<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  incollection\">Book Section<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span> Hansen, Ejvind (Ed.): <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_booktitle\">Ytringsfriheden til forhandling - ytringsfrihedens betingelser og udfordringer i det 21. \u00e5rhundrede, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 17\u201325, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Hans Reitzels Forlag, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">K\u00f8benhavn, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2013<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_29\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('29','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_29\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('29','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_29\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@incollection{Hansen2013a,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Indledning},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/hans.gyldendal-uddannelse.dk\/Books\/Kommunikation\/9788741258119},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2013},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2013-01-01},<br \/>\r\nbooktitle = {Ytringsfriheden til forhandling - ytringsfrihedens betingelser og udfordringer i det 21. \u00e5rhundrede},<br \/>\r\npages = {17--25},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Hans Reitzels Forlag},<br \/>\r\naddress = {K\u00f8benhavn},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {incollection}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('29','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_29\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/hans.gyldendal-uddannelse.dk\/Books\/Kommunikation\/9788741258119\" title=\"http:\/\/hans.gyldendal-uddannelse.dk\/Books\/Kommunikation\/9788741258119\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/hans.gyldendal-uddannelse.dk\/Books\/Kommunikation\/9788741258119<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('29','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_book\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('30','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Ytringsfriheden til forhandling. Ytringsfrihedens betingelser og udfordringer i det 21. \u00e5rhundrede<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  book\">Book<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Hans Reitzels Forlag, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">K\u00f8benhavn, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2013<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_30\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('30','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_30\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('30','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_30\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('30','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_30\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@book{Hansen2013c,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Ytringsfriheden til forhandling. Ytringsfrihedens betingelser og udfordringer i det 21. \u00e5rhundrede},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/hans.gyldendal-uddannelse.dk\/Books\/Kommunikation\/9788741258119},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2013},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2013-01-01},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Hans Reitzels Forlag},<br \/>\r\naddress = {K\u00f8benhavn},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Hvilken rolle spiller ytringsfriheden i dag, og hvilke gr\u00e6nser findes der for ytringsfriheden? B\u00e5de formelle og uformelle? Bogens m\u00e5ls\u00e6tning er at nyt\u00e6nke ytringsfrihedens problemstillinger og f\u00e5 rusket op i en faglig diskussion af ytringsfriheden. En diskussion af ytringsfriheden kan aldrig stoppe ved blot at konstatere, at ytringsfriheden er hellig og dermed skal v\u00e6re ubegr\u00e6nset, for der findes altid gr\u00e6nser for ytringsfriheden. Ytringsfriheden til forhandling behandler ytringsfriheden gennem otte kapitler og demonstrerer, hvordan ytringsfriheden er begr\u00e6nset i forskellige kontekster s\u00e5vel offentlige som private. Med bidrag af Ejvind Hansen, Lars Bjerg, Peter Bro, Michael Ejstrup, Oluf J\u00f8rgensen, Henrik Reintoft Christensen, Roger Buch, Flemming Svith og Lisa S. Villadsen. Forord ved Per Stig M\u00f8ller.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {book}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('30','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_30\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Hvilken rolle spiller ytringsfriheden i dag, og hvilke gr\u00e6nser findes der for ytringsfriheden? B\u00e5de formelle og uformelle? Bogens m\u00e5ls\u00e6tning er at nyt\u00e6nke ytringsfrihedens problemstillinger og f\u00e5 rusket op i en faglig diskussion af ytringsfriheden. En diskussion af ytringsfriheden kan aldrig stoppe ved blot at konstatere, at ytringsfriheden er hellig og dermed skal v\u00e6re ubegr\u00e6nset, for der findes altid gr\u00e6nser for ytringsfriheden. Ytringsfriheden til forhandling behandler ytringsfriheden gennem otte kapitler og demonstrerer, hvordan ytringsfriheden er begr\u00e6nset i forskellige kontekster s\u00e5vel offentlige som private. Med bidrag af Ejvind Hansen, Lars Bjerg, Peter Bro, Michael Ejstrup, Oluf J\u00f8rgensen, Henrik Reintoft Christensen, Roger Buch, Flemming Svith og Lisa S. Villadsen. Forord ved Per Stig M\u00f8ller.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('30','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_30\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/hans.gyldendal-uddannelse.dk\/Books\/Kommunikation\/9788741258119\" title=\"http:\/\/hans.gyldendal-uddannelse.dk\/Books\/Kommunikation\/9788741258119\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/hans.gyldendal-uddannelse.dk\/Books\/Kommunikation\/9788741258119<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('30','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2012\">2012<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_incollection\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('22','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Den \u00e5bne kapitalisme<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  incollection\">Book Section<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span> Hansen, Ejvind;  Thorup, Mikkel;  Raffns\u00f8e-M\u00f8ller, Morten (Ed.): <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_booktitle\">Kapitalismens ansigter, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 43\u201355, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Philosophia, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">Aarhus, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2012<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 978-87-88663-81-5<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_22\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('22','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_22\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('22','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_22\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('22','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_22\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@incollection{Hansen2012c,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Den \u00e5bne kapitalisme},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Ejvind Hansen and Mikkel Thorup and Morten Raffns\u00f8e-M\u00f8ller},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/www.philosophia.dk\/Shop\/Nyeste\/Kapitalismens_ansigter_k99_i52.html<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_Den\u00c5bneKapitalisme.pdf},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {978-87-88663-81-5},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2012},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2012-01-01},<br \/>\r\nbooktitle = {Kapitalismens ansigter},<br \/>\r\npages = {43--55},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Philosophia},<br \/>\r\naddress = {Aarhus},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {En traditionel diskussion af kapitalismen i modstillingen mellem den liberalistiske og socialistiske tilgang bygger p\u00e5 modstillingen mellem det frie individ overfor det determinerende system. Jeg vil vise, at denne modstilling historisk er t\u00e6t forbundet med kapitalismen, og at den i disse \u00e5r er under udvikling. Det traditionelle kapitalistiske samfund bygger p\u00e5 en modstilling mellem mine interesser overfor andres. Kapitalistisk \u00f8konomi drives af en ulighed i bev\u00e6gelse. Men netop denne modstilling og ulighed er i disse \u00e5r under udfordring.Jeg vil vise at modstillingen udfordres i takt med en paradigmatisk vending fra materielt forst\u00e5else af varerne og kapitalen, til en informationel forst\u00e5else af samme. Heraf f\u00f8lger at den eksklusive ejendomsret (hvor en persons\/gruppes ejerskab udelukker andre(s) ejerskab af samme genstand) bliver mindre oplagt som strukturel omdrejningspunkt for udvekslingen. Derfor er den atomare-individualistiske forst\u00e5else af mennesket heller ikke l\u00e6ngere s\u00e5 p\u00e5tr\u00e6ngende, idet der ikke l\u00e6ngere er en klar mods\u00e6tning mellem de enkelte mennesker. I den nye situation er det st\u00f8rste problem m\u00e5ske ikke oppositionen mellem individ og system, men derimod risikoen for usynlighed eller manglende opm\u00e6rksomhed.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {incollection}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('22','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_22\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">En traditionel diskussion af kapitalismen i modstillingen mellem den liberalistiske og socialistiske tilgang bygger p\u00e5 modstillingen mellem det frie individ overfor det determinerende system. Jeg vil vise, at denne modstilling historisk er t\u00e6t forbundet med kapitalismen, og at den i disse \u00e5r er under udvikling. Det traditionelle kapitalistiske samfund bygger p\u00e5 en modstilling mellem mine interesser overfor andres. Kapitalistisk \u00f8konomi drives af en ulighed i bev\u00e6gelse. Men netop denne modstilling og ulighed er i disse \u00e5r under udfordring.Jeg vil vise at modstillingen udfordres i takt med en paradigmatisk vending fra materielt forst\u00e5else af varerne og kapitalen, til en informationel forst\u00e5else af samme. Heraf f\u00f8lger at den eksklusive ejendomsret (hvor en persons\/gruppes ejerskab udelukker andre(s) ejerskab af samme genstand) bliver mindre oplagt som strukturel omdrejningspunkt for udvekslingen. Derfor er den atomare-individualistiske forst\u00e5else af mennesket heller ikke l\u00e6ngere s\u00e5 p\u00e5tr\u00e6ngende, idet der ikke l\u00e6ngere er en klar mods\u00e6tning mellem de enkelte mennesker. I den nye situation er det st\u00f8rste problem m\u00e5ske ikke oppositionen mellem individ og system, men derimod risikoen for usynlighed eller manglende opm\u00e6rksomhed.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('22','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_22\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/www.philosophia.dk\/Shop\/Nyeste\/Kapitalismens_ansigter_k99_i52.html\" title=\"http:\/\/www.philosophia.dk\/Shop\/Nyeste\/Kapitalismens_ansigter_k99_i52.html\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/www.philosophia.dk\/Shop\/Nyeste\/Kapitalismens_ansigter_k99_i52.html<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_Den\u00c5bneKapitalisme.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_Den\u00c5bneKapitalisme.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_Den\u00c5bneKapitalisme.pdf<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('22','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('23','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Freedom of Expression in Distributed Networks<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">tripleC - Cognition, Communication, Co-operation, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_number\">no. 10.2, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 741\u2013751, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2012<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_23\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('23','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_23\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('23','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_23\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('23','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_23\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2012d,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Freedom of Expression in Distributed Networks},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/www.triple-c.at\/index.php\/tripleC\/article\/view\/450},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2012},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2012-01-01},<br \/>\r\njournal = {tripleC - Cognition, Communication, Co-operation},<br \/>\r\nnumber = {10.2},<br \/>\r\npages = {741--751},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {This paper proposes the following question: Is it possible to transfer human rights like the freedom of expression \u2013 or at least to preserve the formal protections guarding speech acts from arbitrary suppression \u2013 in a post-national setting? The question arises as an urgent matter in the context of our global system of connected markets and distributed telecommunications networks \u2013 the Internet \u2013 since, as many academics and policy makers have noted, the two tend to undermine nationals boundaries, putting into question the power of individual states to continue function as the traditional legal and identity-generating entities of last resort. If this analysis is reliable the dialectical union between the autonomous individual citizen and the legally regulated nation state is broken. In this paper I will draw the consequences of that supposed break, exploring the question of the extent to which it makes sense to accord \u201crights\u201d \u2013 freedom of expression \u2013 to entities that are not classical autonomous humans, and to confer them by entities that no longer bear the marks of nation-state sovereignty. The question thus is: Is it possible to transfer the normative approach of the classic liberal nation states into a global system? The paper explores this question through an elaboration of problems for the preservation of the human right to freedom of expression: On the one hand communication on the Internet is regulated by an immense legal body, but on the other hand, the machinery for enforcement controlled by this legal body is dependent on various agencies that don\u2019t necessarily recognize its legitimacy. I will then explore whether a more technologically oriented approach could be a more fruitful approach in defining the actual limitations to freedom of expression in the new global system. My answer is that ultimately the control paradigm fails, because it is too clumsy at incorporating self-correcting measures. Thirdly, I suggest that the best solution to the challenges to freedom of expression in the global system must be a Global Government of the Internet, a government that is defined by (i) democratic elections, (ii) a constitutional body, and (iii) deliberative institutions.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('23','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_23\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">This paper proposes the following question: Is it possible to transfer human rights like the freedom of expression \u2013 or at least to preserve the formal protections guarding speech acts from arbitrary suppression \u2013 in a post-national setting? The question arises as an urgent matter in the context of our global system of connected markets and distributed telecommunications networks \u2013 the Internet \u2013 since, as many academics and policy makers have noted, the two tend to undermine nationals boundaries, putting into question the power of individual states to continue function as the traditional legal and identity-generating entities of last resort. If this analysis is reliable the dialectical union between the autonomous individual citizen and the legally regulated nation state is broken. In this paper I will draw the consequences of that supposed break, exploring the question of the extent to which it makes sense to accord \u201crights\u201d \u2013 freedom of expression \u2013 to entities that are not classical autonomous humans, and to confer them by entities that no longer bear the marks of nation-state sovereignty. The question thus is: Is it possible to transfer the normative approach of the classic liberal nation states into a global system? The paper explores this question through an elaboration of problems for the preservation of the human right to freedom of expression: On the one hand communication on the Internet is regulated by an immense legal body, but on the other hand, the machinery for enforcement controlled by this legal body is dependent on various agencies that don\u2019t necessarily recognize its legitimacy. I will then explore whether a more technologically oriented approach could be a more fruitful approach in defining the actual limitations to freedom of expression in the new global system. My answer is that ultimately the control paradigm fails, because it is too clumsy at incorporating self-correcting measures. Thirdly, I suggest that the best solution to the challenges to freedom of expression in the global system must be a Global Government of the Internet, a government that is defined by (i) democratic elections, (ii) a constitutional body, and (iii) deliberative institutions.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('23','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_23\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/www.triple-c.at\/index.php\/tripleC\/article\/view\/450\" title=\"http:\/\/www.triple-c.at\/index.php\/tripleC\/article\/view\/450\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/www.triple-c.at\/index.php\/tripleC\/article\/view\/450<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('23','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_book\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('24','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Kapitalismens ansigter<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  book\">Book<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Philosophia Press, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">Aarhus, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2012<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 978-87-88663-81-5<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_24\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('24','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_24\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('24','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_24\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('24','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_24\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@book{Hansen2012b,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Kapitalismens ansigter},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Ejvind Hansen and Thomas Vinther Larsen and M\u00f8rten Raffns\u00f8e-M\u00f8ller and Mikkel Thorup},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/www.philosophia.dk\/Shop\/Nyeste\/Kapitalismens_ansigter_k99_i52.html},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {978-87-88663-81-5},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2012},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2012-01-01},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Philosophia Press},<br \/>\r\naddress = {Aarhus},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Vi er siden 2008 blevet vant til at skulle forholde os til den \u201cglobale finanskrise\u201d. N\u00e5r en virksomhed havde r\u00f8de tal p\u00e5 bundlinien, var det p\u00e5 grund af finanskrisen. N\u00e5r politikerne skar ned p\u00e5 sociale goder, var det p\u00e5 grund af finanskrisen. N\u00e5r borgerne skar ned p\u00e5 forbruget, var det ogs\u00e5 p\u00e5 grund af finanskrisen. I den forstand har finanskrisen v\u00e6ret en realitet, som vi alle har skullet forholde os til. De fleste har m\u00e6rket effekterne p\u00e5 egen krop eller kender i det mindste nogen, der har.Finanskrisen udl\u00e6gges som oftest som et midlertidigt problem, som kan fixes, hvis vi handler klogt og indsigtsfuldt \u2013 f.eks. ved at holde h\u00e5nden under de mest centrale \u00f8konomiske akt\u00f8rere. I denne bog har vi imidlertid bedt en r\u00e6kke forskere om at forholde sig til, hvor dybt ned i grundstrukturerne, \u00f8konomien er udfordret. St\u00e5r vi p\u00e5 t\u00e6rsklen til en ny \u00f8konomisk samfundsorden, eller vil den kapitalistisk orienterede \u00f8konomi tilpasse sig de nye forhold?},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {book}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('24','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_24\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Vi er siden 2008 blevet vant til at skulle forholde os til den \u201cglobale finanskrise\u201d. N\u00e5r en virksomhed havde r\u00f8de tal p\u00e5 bundlinien, var det p\u00e5 grund af finanskrisen. N\u00e5r politikerne skar ned p\u00e5 sociale goder, var det p\u00e5 grund af finanskrisen. N\u00e5r borgerne skar ned p\u00e5 forbruget, var det ogs\u00e5 p\u00e5 grund af finanskrisen. I den forstand har finanskrisen v\u00e6ret en realitet, som vi alle har skullet forholde os til. De fleste har m\u00e6rket effekterne p\u00e5 egen krop eller kender i det mindste nogen, der har.Finanskrisen udl\u00e6gges som oftest som et midlertidigt problem, som kan fixes, hvis vi handler klogt og indsigtsfuldt \u2013 f.eks. ved at holde h\u00e5nden under de mest centrale \u00f8konomiske akt\u00f8rere. I denne bog har vi imidlertid bedt en r\u00e6kke forskere om at forholde sig til, hvor dybt ned i grundstrukturerne, \u00f8konomien er udfordret. St\u00e5r vi p\u00e5 t\u00e6rsklen til en ny \u00f8konomisk samfundsorden, eller vil den kapitalistisk orienterede \u00f8konomi tilpasse sig de nye forhold?<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('24','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_24\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/www.philosophia.dk\/Shop\/Nyeste\/Kapitalismens_ansigter_k99_i52.html\" title=\"http:\/\/www.philosophia.dk\/Shop\/Nyeste\/Kapitalismens_ansigter_k99_i52.html\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/www.philosophia.dk\/Shop\/Nyeste\/Kapitalismens_ansigter_k99_i52.html<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('24','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_incollection\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('25','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Mobile distribuerede offentligheder<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  incollection\">Book Section<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span> Brynskov, Martin;  Kabel, Lars;  Halskov, Kim (Ed.): <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_booktitle\">Byens digitale liv. Digital Urban Living, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 150\u2013159, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Forlaget Ajour, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">Aarhus, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2012<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_25\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('25','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_25\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('25','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_25\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('25','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_25\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@incollection{Hansen2012a,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Mobile distribuerede offentligheder},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Martin Brynskov and Lars Kabel and Kim Halskov},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/MobPubSphe.pdf},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2012},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2012-01-01},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2012-01-01},<br \/>\r\nbooktitle = {Byens digitale liv. Digital Urban Living},<br \/>\r\npages = {150--159},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Forlaget Ajour},<br \/>\r\naddress = {Aarhus},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Den offentlige sf\u00e6re er p\u00e5 forskellig vis formet efter de teknologier, som ligger til grund for kommunikationen. Spillereglerne for at agere i en offentlig sf\u00e6re er forskellige alt efter om den offentlige sf\u00e6re b\u00e6res af umedieret tale, trykte papirmedier (s\u00e5 som bogen og avisen), \u00e6terb\u00e5rne analoge massemedier (f.eks. radio og TV) eller distribuerede digitale netv\u00e6rk som internettet. En ny accentuering af denne pointe tr\u00e6nger sig p\u00e5 i takt med den stadige str\u00f8m af sm\u00e5 revolutioner p\u00e5 mediefronten. Betegnelsen \u201cnye medier\u201d har gennem de seneste 20 \u00e5r prim\u00e6rt v\u00e6ret reserveret internet-b\u00e5rne medier. I disse \u00e5r ser vi imidlertid fremkomsten af nogle internet-b\u00e5rne medier, der p\u00e5 v\u00e6sentlige punkter kan have potentialet til igen at \u00e6ndre den kommunikative offentlighed. Internettet er med andre ord ved at blive mobilt. Jeg vil i denne artikel reflektere over, hvilke implikationer d\u00e9t kan have for offentligheden.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {incollection}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('25','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_25\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Den offentlige sf\u00e6re er p\u00e5 forskellig vis formet efter de teknologier, som ligger til grund for kommunikationen. Spillereglerne for at agere i en offentlig sf\u00e6re er forskellige alt efter om den offentlige sf\u00e6re b\u00e6res af umedieret tale, trykte papirmedier (s\u00e5 som bogen og avisen), \u00e6terb\u00e5rne analoge massemedier (f.eks. radio og TV) eller distribuerede digitale netv\u00e6rk som internettet. En ny accentuering af denne pointe tr\u00e6nger sig p\u00e5 i takt med den stadige str\u00f8m af sm\u00e5 revolutioner p\u00e5 mediefronten. Betegnelsen \u201cnye medier\u201d har gennem de seneste 20 \u00e5r prim\u00e6rt v\u00e6ret reserveret internet-b\u00e5rne medier. I disse \u00e5r ser vi imidlertid fremkomsten af nogle internet-b\u00e5rne medier, der p\u00e5 v\u00e6sentlige punkter kan have potentialet til igen at \u00e6ndre den kommunikative offentlighed. Internettet er med andre ord ved at blive mobilt. Jeg vil i denne artikel reflektere over, hvilke implikationer d\u00e9t kan have for offentligheden.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('25','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_25\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/MobPubSphe.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/MobPubSphe.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/MobPubSphe.pdf<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('25','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2011\">2011<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_incollection\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('20','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Den dialog-udfordrende journalist<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  incollection\">Book Section<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span> Buch, Roger (Ed.): <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_booktitle\">Forandringens journalistik. 40 \u00e5rs tilbageblik, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 97\u2013117, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Forlaget Ajour, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">Aarhus, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2011<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 978-87-92816-03-0<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_20\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('20','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_20\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('20','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_20\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('20','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_20\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@incollection{Hansen2011a,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Den dialog-udfordrende journalist},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Roger Buch},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/018DenDialogUdfordrendeJournalist.PDF},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {978-87-92816-03-0},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2011},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2011-01-01},<br \/>\r\nbooktitle = {Forandringens journalistik. 40 \u00e5rs tilbageblik},<br \/>\r\npages = {97--117},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Forlaget Ajour},<br \/>\r\naddress = {Aarhus},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Da lovforslaget om \u201cDanmarks Journalisth\u00f8jskole og Institut for Presseforskning\u201d blev vedtaget i 1970 og realiseret i 1971, blev journalistikkens rolle i samfundet kodificeret. I de samme \u00e5r fandt imidlertid ogs\u00e5 en kommunikationsteknologisk revolution sted, som p\u00e5 sigt kom til at etablere en udfordring i den journalistiske selvforst\u00e5else. Betydningen af disse h\u00e6ndelser og opfindelser kunne man ikke forudse i 1971, men fra 40-\u00e5rs perspektivet etablerer dannelsen af Journalisth\u00f8jskolen og Internettets fremv\u00e6kst to h\u00e6ndelser en tydelig dialektik, som i dag udg\u00f8r en uomg\u00e6ngelig udfordring for journalistikken. Internet teknologierne har p\u00e5 den ene side lettet mange journalistiske processer. P\u00e5 den anden side bliver journalistens \u201cmonopol\u201d som vidensformidler og formidler af kontakt mellem magthavere og befolkning ogs\u00e5 udfordret.Internettet har ofte v\u00e6ret anset for at v\u00e6re et muligt v\u00e6rkt\u00f8j til at effektivisere den journalistiske opgave. Jeg argumenterer imidlertid for, at Internettet radikalt forandrer hele relationen i den offentlige sf\u00e6re, s\u00e5 den kommunikative udfordring forflytter sig. Snarere end at skulle b\u00f8vle med at bringe den rette information frem til modtagerne, bliver udfordringen nu, hvordan man faciliterer en \u00e5ben og kritisk udfordrende dialog. Til dette form\u00e5l m\u00e5 vi have nyere argumentative analysev\u00e6rkt\u00f8jer som diskursanalyse og dekonstruktion til hj\u00e6lp. Kun herved kan journalister h\u00e5be p\u00e5 at l\u00f8se den journalistiske udfordring: At udvikle og afgr\u00e6nse rum for dialog \u2013 i forhold til passende grader af uenighed mellem deltagerne.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {incollection}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('20','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_20\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Da lovforslaget om \u201cDanmarks Journalisth\u00f8jskole og Institut for Presseforskning\u201d blev vedtaget i 1970 og realiseret i 1971, blev journalistikkens rolle i samfundet kodificeret. I de samme \u00e5r fandt imidlertid ogs\u00e5 en kommunikationsteknologisk revolution sted, som p\u00e5 sigt kom til at etablere en udfordring i den journalistiske selvforst\u00e5else. Betydningen af disse h\u00e6ndelser og opfindelser kunne man ikke forudse i 1971, men fra 40-\u00e5rs perspektivet etablerer dannelsen af Journalisth\u00f8jskolen og Internettets fremv\u00e6kst to h\u00e6ndelser en tydelig dialektik, som i dag udg\u00f8r en uomg\u00e6ngelig udfordring for journalistikken. Internet teknologierne har p\u00e5 den ene side lettet mange journalistiske processer. P\u00e5 den anden side bliver journalistens \u201cmonopol\u201d som vidensformidler og formidler af kontakt mellem magthavere og befolkning ogs\u00e5 udfordret.Internettet har ofte v\u00e6ret anset for at v\u00e6re et muligt v\u00e6rkt\u00f8j til at effektivisere den journalistiske opgave. Jeg argumenterer imidlertid for, at Internettet radikalt forandrer hele relationen i den offentlige sf\u00e6re, s\u00e5 den kommunikative udfordring forflytter sig. Snarere end at skulle b\u00f8vle med at bringe den rette information frem til modtagerne, bliver udfordringen nu, hvordan man faciliterer en \u00e5ben og kritisk udfordrende dialog. Til dette form\u00e5l m\u00e5 vi have nyere argumentative analysev\u00e6rkt\u00f8jer som diskursanalyse og dekonstruktion til hj\u00e6lp. Kun herved kan journalister h\u00e5be p\u00e5 at l\u00f8se den journalistiske udfordring: At udvikle og afgr\u00e6nse rum for dialog \u2013 i forhold til passende grader af uenighed mellem deltagerne.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('20','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_20\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/018DenDialogUdfordrendeJournalist.PDF\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/018DenDialogUdfordrendeJournalist.PDF\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/018DenDialogUdfordrendeJournalist.PDF<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('20','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('21','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Gr\u00e6nser for ytringsfrihed<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Journalistica - Tidsskrift for forskning i journalistik, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_number\">no. 1, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 92\u2013111, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2011<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_21\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('21','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_21\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('21','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_21\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('21','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_21\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2011b,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Gr\u00e6nser for ytringsfrihed},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/tidsskrift.dk\/index.php\/journalistica\/article\/view\/5228\/5098},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2011},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2011-01-01},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2011-01-01},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Journalistica - Tidsskrift for forskning i journalistik},<br \/>\r\nnumber = {1},<br \/>\r\npages = {92--111},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Denne artikel s\u00e6tter sp\u00f8rgsm\u00e5lstegn ved ytringsfriheden. Grundl\u00e6ggende argumenteres der for, at ytringsfriheden kun har en eksistensberettigelse, hvis vi kan diskutere den uden at skulle v\u00e6re bange for at miste den. Det vises, at ytringsfriheden grundl\u00e6ggende set m\u00e5 v\u00e6re begr\u00e6nset, og derfor er det altid p\u00e5tr\u00e6ngende, at diskutere om de konkrete gr\u00e6nser er de mest oplagte i enhver given samfundsm\u00e6ssig situation.Artiklen viser hvorledes ytringsfriheden er et barn af ytringsfriheden, hvor demokratisk politik t\u00e6nkes som en fortl\u00f8bende rationel legitimeringsproces. Denne forst\u00e5else af politikken fungerede fint i en samfundsformation, der klart adskiller det politiske fra det \u00f8konomiske. Med fremv\u00e6ksten af globalt orienterede kommunikative medier, er det imidlertid sp\u00f8rgsm\u00e5let om denne adskillelse kan opretholdes. Derfor er det p\u00e5tr\u00e6ngende at f\u00e5 nyartikuleret grundlaget og formen p\u00e5 den g\u00e6ldende ytringsfrihed.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('21','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_21\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Denne artikel s\u00e6tter sp\u00f8rgsm\u00e5lstegn ved ytringsfriheden. Grundl\u00e6ggende argumenteres der for, at ytringsfriheden kun har en eksistensberettigelse, hvis vi kan diskutere den uden at skulle v\u00e6re bange for at miste den. Det vises, at ytringsfriheden grundl\u00e6ggende set m\u00e5 v\u00e6re begr\u00e6nset, og derfor er det altid p\u00e5tr\u00e6ngende, at diskutere om de konkrete gr\u00e6nser er de mest oplagte i enhver given samfundsm\u00e6ssig situation.Artiklen viser hvorledes ytringsfriheden er et barn af ytringsfriheden, hvor demokratisk politik t\u00e6nkes som en fortl\u00f8bende rationel legitimeringsproces. Denne forst\u00e5else af politikken fungerede fint i en samfundsformation, der klart adskiller det politiske fra det \u00f8konomiske. Med fremv\u00e6ksten af globalt orienterede kommunikative medier, er det imidlertid sp\u00f8rgsm\u00e5let om denne adskillelse kan opretholdes. Derfor er det p\u00e5tr\u00e6ngende at f\u00e5 nyartikuleret grundlaget og formen p\u00e5 den g\u00e6ldende ytringsfrihed.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('21','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_21\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/tidsskrift.dk\/index.php\/journalistica\/article\/view\/5228\/5098\" title=\"http:\/\/tidsskrift.dk\/index.php\/journalistica\/article\/view\/5228\/5098\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/tidsskrift.dk\/index.php\/journalistica\/article\/view\/5228\/5098<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('21','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2010\">2010<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_incollection\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('17','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Actuvirtuality in the Internet-Mediated Political Public Sphere<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  incollection\">Book Section<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span> Lin, Ching-Yung;  McSweeney, John (Ed.): <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_booktitle\">Representation and Contestation : \u2018Cultural\u2019 Politics in a Political Century, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 27\u201346, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Editions Rodopi, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">Amsterdam, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2010<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_17\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('17','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_17\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('17','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_17\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('17','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_17\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@incollection{Hansen2010b,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Actuvirtuality in the Internet-Mediated Political Public Sphere},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Ching-Yung Lin and John McSweeney},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/015Actuvirtuality_book.PDF},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2010},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2010-01-01},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2010-01-01},<br \/>\r\nbooktitle = {Representation and Contestation : \u2018Cultural\u2019 Politics in a Political Century},<br \/>\r\npages = {27--46},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Editions Rodopi},<br \/>\r\naddress = {Amsterdam},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {In this paper I discuss the transformation of political discourse wrought by the rise of Internet-based communicative media. I argue that the conventional focus on the inter-activity that the Internet makes possible (through the availability of blogging sites, sites to display downloaded videos and pictures, commenting, virtual worlds, etc.) is misplaced, or at least in need of modification. I will take a Derridean turn in my analysis of the Internet effect to show that the medium carries a new structure of actuvirtuality, the import of which is to potentially emancipate the Internet user from the serial, coherent rationality that has dominated the major audio-visual media of modernity, thus opening a space for the virtual problematization of political reality. This creates a new field, or game, in which political agents can engage. The problematizing potential of the Internet is, however, counterbalanced by potentials for neutralization. Any radical strategy for change that would privilege the Internet must therefore, I will argue, be supplemented by more reflectively oriented approaches.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {incollection}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('17','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_17\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">In this paper I discuss the transformation of political discourse wrought by the rise of Internet-based communicative media. I argue that the conventional focus on the inter-activity that the Internet makes possible (through the availability of blogging sites, sites to display downloaded videos and pictures, commenting, virtual worlds, etc.) is misplaced, or at least in need of modification. I will take a Derridean turn in my analysis of the Internet effect to show that the medium carries a new structure of actuvirtuality, the import of which is to potentially emancipate the Internet user from the serial, coherent rationality that has dominated the major audio-visual media of modernity, thus opening a space for the virtual problematization of political reality. This creates a new field, or game, in which political agents can engage. The problematizing potential of the Internet is, however, counterbalanced by potentials for neutralization. Any radical strategy for change that would privilege the Internet must therefore, I will argue, be supplemented by more reflectively oriented approaches.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('17','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_17\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/015Actuvirtuality_book.PDF\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/015Actuvirtuality_book.PDF\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/015Actuvirtuality_book.PDF<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('17','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('18','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Kantian antinomies in digital communications media<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Telos, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 150, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 137\u2013142, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2010<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_18\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('18','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_18\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('18','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_18\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('18','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_18\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2010a,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Kantian antinomies in digital communications media},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/journal.telospress.com\/content\/2010\/150\/137.short<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/016Kantian Antinomies.pdf<br \/>\r\n},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.3817\/0310150137},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2010},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2010-01-01},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2010-01-01},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Telos},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {150},<br \/>\r\npages = {137--142},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {In this statement I contemplate the relationship between the Kantian antinomies and modern digital communicative media. The antinomies demonstrate that knowledge is decisively indeterminate. The indeterminate character of our knowledge is an important source for critical reflection. Since we are inevitably bound up in a dialectics between finitude and infinitude, we are never allowed to fall back into a self-assured conviction of the infallibility of our understanding. I do, however, demonstrate that digital media are characterized by a fundamental finitude. This poses a potential bias in digitally mediated communication of which it is important to be aware. Kantian transcendental dialectics thus proves to be relevant in framing our communication within the digital systems \u2013 and in the creation of new media. The point is not that there is never room for critical reflection in digital media, but rather that digital media in certain respects diminishes our awareness of the need for critical reflection.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('18','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_18\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">In this statement I contemplate the relationship between the Kantian antinomies and modern digital communicative media. The antinomies demonstrate that knowledge is decisively indeterminate. The indeterminate character of our knowledge is an important source for critical reflection. Since we are inevitably bound up in a dialectics between finitude and infinitude, we are never allowed to fall back into a self-assured conviction of the infallibility of our understanding. I do, however, demonstrate that digital media are characterized by a fundamental finitude. This poses a potential bias in digitally mediated communication of which it is important to be aware. Kantian transcendental dialectics thus proves to be relevant in framing our communication within the digital systems \u2013 and in the creation of new media. The point is not that there is never room for critical reflection in digital media, but rather that digital media in certain respects diminishes our awareness of the need for critical reflection.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('18','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_18\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/journal.telospress.com\/content\/2010\/150\/137.short\" title=\"http:\/\/journal.telospress.com\/content\/2010\/150\/137.short\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/journal.telospress.com\/content\/2010\/150\/137.short<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/016Kantian Antinomies.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/016Kantian Antinomies.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/016Kantian Antinomies.pdf<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.3817\/0310150137\" title=\"Follow DOI:10.3817\/0310150137\" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.3817\/0310150137<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('18','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_incollection\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('19','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Kants deduktion af de rene forstandsbegrebers n\u00f8dvendighed<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  incollection\">Book Section<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span> Nielsen, Carsten Fogh (Ed.): <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_booktitle\">Erkendelse, moral og system : otte l\u00e6sninger i Kants filosofi, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 73\u201391, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Philosophia Press, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">Aarhus, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2010<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 978-87-88663-69-3<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_19\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('19','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_19\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('19','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_19\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('19','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_19\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@incollection{Hansen2010c,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Kants deduktion af de rene forstandsbegrebers n\u00f8dvendighed},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Carsten Fogh Nielsen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_KantsDeduktion.pdf},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {978-87-88663-69-3},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2010},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2010-01-01},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2010-01-01},<br \/>\r\nbooktitle = {Erkendelse, moral og system : otte l\u00e6sninger i Kants filosofi},<br \/>\r\npages = {73--91},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Philosophia Press},<br \/>\r\naddress = {Aarhus},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Kants Kritik der reinen Vernunft (herefter KrV \u2013 1781 og 1787) er et komplekst v\u00e6rk, der p\u00e5 mange m\u00e5der fors\u00f8ger at samle mange af de filosofiske diskussioner, som florerede i den engelske, franske og tyske filosofi i 1700-tallet. Derfor er det ogs\u00e5 vanskeligt at afg\u00f8re, hvilke dele af bogen, der er de vigtigste \u2013 det kommer an p\u00e5 hvad ens \u00e6rinde med at l\u00e6se bogen er. Men det vil nok ikke v\u00e6re at tage munden for fuld at p\u00e5st\u00e5, at de 47 (A-udgaven) + 54 (B-udgaven) sider som Kant kalder \u201cVon der Deduktion der reinen Verstandesbegriffe\u201d (\u201cOm deduktionen af de rene forstandsbegreber\u201d \u2013 KrV A84-130+B116-69) sammen med Grundlegung zur Metaphysik der Sitten (1785) h\u00f8rer til de mest diskuterede tekster i forfatterskabet.For deduktionens vedkommende kan dette forklares med, at projektet for det f\u00f8rste er meget ambiti\u00f8st: At vise at erkendelse af objektive genstande foruds\u00e6tter begrebslig enhed. Hertil kommer for det andet, at Kant har skrevet to udgaver af deduktionen, der er meget forskellige. Det har derfor v\u00e6ret en p\u00e5g\u00e5ende diskussion, hvorvidt m\u00e5let med de to udgaver er det samme.For det tredje mener jeg ogs\u00e5, at Kants kapitel-opdeling af KrV forvirrer, da man med en vis ret kan sige, at deduktionens bevis forts\u00e6tter i den efterf\u00f8lgende transcendentale grunds\u00e6tningsanalytik. I deduktionen vises blot n\u00f8dvendigheden af forstandsm\u00e6ssig syntese som s\u00e5dan. I grunds\u00e6tningsanalytikken viser Kant de enkelte forstandsbegrebers n\u00f8dvendighed for at kunne give enhed til anskuelsesformen tid (skematismen). Desuden er redeg\u00f8relsen for hvilke grunds\u00e6tninger, der udspringer heraf, afg\u00f8rende for forst\u00e5elsen af, p\u00e5 hvilken m\u00e5de forstandsbegreberne er n\u00f8dvendige \u2013 deduktionerne ender ud med en meget abstrakt forst\u00e5else af, hvad erkendelse vil sige.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {incollection}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('19','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_19\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Kants Kritik der reinen Vernunft (herefter KrV \u2013 1781 og 1787) er et komplekst v\u00e6rk, der p\u00e5 mange m\u00e5der fors\u00f8ger at samle mange af de filosofiske diskussioner, som florerede i den engelske, franske og tyske filosofi i 1700-tallet. Derfor er det ogs\u00e5 vanskeligt at afg\u00f8re, hvilke dele af bogen, der er de vigtigste \u2013 det kommer an p\u00e5 hvad ens \u00e6rinde med at l\u00e6se bogen er. Men det vil nok ikke v\u00e6re at tage munden for fuld at p\u00e5st\u00e5, at de 47 (A-udgaven) + 54 (B-udgaven) sider som Kant kalder \u201cVon der Deduktion der reinen Verstandesbegriffe\u201d (\u201cOm deduktionen af de rene forstandsbegreber\u201d \u2013 KrV A84-130+B116-69) sammen med Grundlegung zur Metaphysik der Sitten (1785) h\u00f8rer til de mest diskuterede tekster i forfatterskabet.For deduktionens vedkommende kan dette forklares med, at projektet for det f\u00f8rste er meget ambiti\u00f8st: At vise at erkendelse af objektive genstande foruds\u00e6tter begrebslig enhed. Hertil kommer for det andet, at Kant har skrevet to udgaver af deduktionen, der er meget forskellige. Det har derfor v\u00e6ret en p\u00e5g\u00e5ende diskussion, hvorvidt m\u00e5let med de to udgaver er det samme.For det tredje mener jeg ogs\u00e5, at Kants kapitel-opdeling af KrV forvirrer, da man med en vis ret kan sige, at deduktionens bevis forts\u00e6tter i den efterf\u00f8lgende transcendentale grunds\u00e6tningsanalytik. I deduktionen vises blot n\u00f8dvendigheden af forstandsm\u00e6ssig syntese som s\u00e5dan. I grunds\u00e6tningsanalytikken viser Kant de enkelte forstandsbegrebers n\u00f8dvendighed for at kunne give enhed til anskuelsesformen tid (skematismen). Desuden er redeg\u00f8relsen for hvilke grunds\u00e6tninger, der udspringer heraf, afg\u00f8rende for forst\u00e5elsen af, p\u00e5 hvilken m\u00e5de forstandsbegreberne er n\u00f8dvendige \u2013 deduktionerne ender ud med en meget abstrakt forst\u00e5else af, hvad erkendelse vil sige.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('19','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_19\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_KantsDeduktion.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_KantsDeduktion.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_KantsDeduktion.pdf<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('19','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2009\">2009<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_inproceedings\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('11','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Actuvirtualized Activity and Passivity in the Political Sphere<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  inproceedings\">Proceedings Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span> Boyd, Scott H.;  Gil, Ana Cristina;  Wong, Baldwin (Ed.): <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_booktitle\">Culture, Politics, Ethics, 1.st global conference, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 183\u2013190, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Inter-disciplinary.net, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">Salzburg, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2009<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_11\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('11','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_11\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('11','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_11\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('11','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_11\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@inproceedings{Hansen2009b,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Actuvirtualized Activity and Passivity in the Political Sphere},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Scott H. Boyd and Ana Cristina Gil and Baldwin Wong},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/www.inter-disciplinary.net\/publishing\/id-press\/ebooks\/culture-politics-ethics\/<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/009Actuvirtuality_ebook.pdf},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2009},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2009-03-01},<br \/>\r\nbooktitle = {Culture, Politics, Ethics, 1.st global conference},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {2009},<br \/>\r\npages = {183--190},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Inter-disciplinary.net},<br \/>\r\naddress = {Salzburg},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {In this paper I discuss the transformation of political discourse wrought by the rise of internet-based communicative media. I argue that the conventional focus on the inter-activity that the internet makes possible (through the availability of blogging sites, sites to display downloaded videos and pictures, commenting, virtual worlds, etc.) is misplaced, or at least in need of modification. I will take a Derridean turn in my analysis of the internet effect to show that the medium carries a new structure of actuvirtuality, the import of which is to potentially emancipate the internet user from the serial, coherent rationality that has dominated the major audio-visual media of modernity, thus opening a space for the virtual problematization of political reality. I demonstrate how this virtual dimension generates new strategies both for those who seek political change and for those who seek to defend the status quo. It creates a new field, or game, in which they can engage. The possibility of neutralization arises from the same condition that makes actuvirtuality strategically viable: the relative emancipation from rational coherency and fixation. Any radical strategy for change that would privilege the internet must, I will argue, be supplemented by more reflectively oriented approaches.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {inproceedings}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('11','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_11\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">In this paper I discuss the transformation of political discourse wrought by the rise of internet-based communicative media. I argue that the conventional focus on the inter-activity that the internet makes possible (through the availability of blogging sites, sites to display downloaded videos and pictures, commenting, virtual worlds, etc.) is misplaced, or at least in need of modification. I will take a Derridean turn in my analysis of the internet effect to show that the medium carries a new structure of actuvirtuality, the import of which is to potentially emancipate the internet user from the serial, coherent rationality that has dominated the major audio-visual media of modernity, thus opening a space for the virtual problematization of political reality. I demonstrate how this virtual dimension generates new strategies both for those who seek political change and for those who seek to defend the status quo. It creates a new field, or game, in which they can engage. The possibility of neutralization arises from the same condition that makes actuvirtuality strategically viable: the relative emancipation from rational coherency and fixation. Any radical strategy for change that would privilege the internet must, I will argue, be supplemented by more reflectively oriented approaches.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('11','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_11\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/www.inter-disciplinary.net\/publishing\/id-press\/ebooks\/culture-politics-ethics\/\" title=\"http:\/\/www.inter-disciplinary.net\/publishing\/id-press\/ebooks\/culture-politics-et[...]\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/www.inter-disciplinary.net\/publishing\/id-press\/ebooks\/culture-politics-et[...]<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/009Actuvirtuality_ebook.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/009Actuvirtuality_ebook.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/009Actuvirtuality_ebook.pdf<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('11','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('12','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Aflivningen af sp\u00f8gelserne i professionerne<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Gjallerhorn, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_number\">no. 9, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 78\u201384, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2009<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_12\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('12','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_12\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('12','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_12\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('12','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_12\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2009c,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Aflivningen af sp\u00f8gelserne i professionerne},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/www.via.dk\/-\/media\/VIA\/dk\/om-via\/presse\/dokumenter\/publikationer\/tidsskrift-for-professionsstudier\/gjallerhorn-9-professionel-doemmekraft.pdf?la=da<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/ejvindh.net\/wp-content\/uploads\/2020\/11\/010Spoegelser-i-professioner.pdf},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2009},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2009-01-01},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Gjallerhorn},<br \/>\r\nnumber = {9},<br \/>\r\npages = {78--84},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Vi har de senere \u00e5r fra politisk hold set et stigende krav om, at ydelserne indenfor det offentlige skal kunne dokumenteres, evalueres og ydes efter den ansvarlige borgers selvst\u00e6ndigt formulerede \u00f8nsker. Det kan der v\u00e6re mange gode grunde til. Jeg vil imidlertid argumentere for, at kravet om dokumentation, evaluering og ansvarligg\u00f8relse af den enkelte borger ogs\u00e5 b\u00e6rer p\u00e5 en r\u00e6kke problematiske side-effekter. Kravene indeb\u00e6rer nemlig et \u00f8get pres for at eksplicitere hvad den enkelte ydelse g\u00e5r ud p\u00e5. En s\u00e5dan eksplicitering f\u00f8rer til et \u00f8get fokus p\u00e5 visse aspekter af professionerne. Men vi risikerer at miste blikket for noget helt s\u00e6rligt ved mange af professionerne \u2013 nemlig dette at de ikke prim\u00e6rt er teoretisk ekspliciterbare, men i meget h\u00f8j grad bygger p\u00e5 en praktisk d\u00f8mmekraft, som principielt set ikke lader sig eksplicitere.Derfor oplever mange professionelle i det offentlige i disse \u00e5r et tab af anerkendelse, som har givet sig til udtryk i de seneste \u00e5rs forholdsvist forkrampede forhandlinger omkring overenskomster og bevillinger til de enkelte omr\u00e5der. Problemet er, at hvis man fokuserer for sn\u00e6vert p\u00e5 det ekspliciterbare, s\u00e5 mister man bl.a. blikket for den \u201ckunnen\u201d, der ligger i, at g\u00f8re tingene p\u00e5 en helt s\u00e6rlig og n\u00e6rv\u00e6rende m\u00e5de \u2013 at g\u00f8re tingene med omsorg. Vi kan ikke rigtig s\u00e6tte pr\u00e6cise ord p\u00e5, hvorhenne omsorgen ydes, og hvor meget der findes af den. Men vi \u201cfornemmer\u201d dens tilstedev\u00e6relse (eller mangel p\u00e5 samme). Omsorgen er p\u00e5 en m\u00e5de mystisk. Den er noget vi ikke rigtig kan artikulere os ud af \u2013 men dermed ikke v\u00e6re sagt, at den ikke er vigtig. Den er et tavst, anklagende blik, der udfordrer den praksis, der er blevet mekaniseret af eksternt definerede regler. Den er et sp\u00f8gelse \u2013 og som s\u00e5dan, er den meget vigtig.For at forst\u00e5 rimeligheden i denne p\u00e5stand, er det imidlertid vigtigt at diskutere en distinktion mellem det teoretiske og d\u00f8mmekraften.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('12','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_12\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Vi har de senere \u00e5r fra politisk hold set et stigende krav om, at ydelserne indenfor det offentlige skal kunne dokumenteres, evalueres og ydes efter den ansvarlige borgers selvst\u00e6ndigt formulerede \u00f8nsker. Det kan der v\u00e6re mange gode grunde til. Jeg vil imidlertid argumentere for, at kravet om dokumentation, evaluering og ansvarligg\u00f8relse af den enkelte borger ogs\u00e5 b\u00e6rer p\u00e5 en r\u00e6kke problematiske side-effekter. Kravene indeb\u00e6rer nemlig et \u00f8get pres for at eksplicitere hvad den enkelte ydelse g\u00e5r ud p\u00e5. En s\u00e5dan eksplicitering f\u00f8rer til et \u00f8get fokus p\u00e5 visse aspekter af professionerne. Men vi risikerer at miste blikket for noget helt s\u00e6rligt ved mange af professionerne \u2013 nemlig dette at de ikke prim\u00e6rt er teoretisk ekspliciterbare, men i meget h\u00f8j grad bygger p\u00e5 en praktisk d\u00f8mmekraft, som principielt set ikke lader sig eksplicitere.Derfor oplever mange professionelle i det offentlige i disse \u00e5r et tab af anerkendelse, som har givet sig til udtryk i de seneste \u00e5rs forholdsvist forkrampede forhandlinger omkring overenskomster og bevillinger til de enkelte omr\u00e5der. Problemet er, at hvis man fokuserer for sn\u00e6vert p\u00e5 det ekspliciterbare, s\u00e5 mister man bl.a. blikket for den \u201ckunnen\u201d, der ligger i, at g\u00f8re tingene p\u00e5 en helt s\u00e6rlig og n\u00e6rv\u00e6rende m\u00e5de \u2013 at g\u00f8re tingene med omsorg. Vi kan ikke rigtig s\u00e6tte pr\u00e6cise ord p\u00e5, hvorhenne omsorgen ydes, og hvor meget der findes af den. Men vi \u201cfornemmer\u201d dens tilstedev\u00e6relse (eller mangel p\u00e5 samme). Omsorgen er p\u00e5 en m\u00e5de mystisk. Den er noget vi ikke rigtig kan artikulere os ud af \u2013 men dermed ikke v\u00e6re sagt, at den ikke er vigtig. Den er et tavst, anklagende blik, der udfordrer den praksis, der er blevet mekaniseret af eksternt definerede regler. Den er et sp\u00f8gelse \u2013 og som s\u00e5dan, er den meget vigtig.For at forst\u00e5 rimeligheden i denne p\u00e5stand, er det imidlertid vigtigt at diskutere en distinktion mellem det teoretiske og d\u00f8mmekraften.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('12','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_12\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/www.via.dk\/-\/media\/VIA\/dk\/om-via\/presse\/dokumenter\/publikationer\/tidsskrift-for-professionsstudier\/gjallerhorn-9-professionel-doemmekraft.pdf?la=da\" title=\"http:\/\/www.via.dk\/-\/media\/VIA\/dk\/om-via\/presse\/dokumenter\/publikationer\/tidsskri[...]\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/www.via.dk\/-\/media\/VIA\/dk\/om-via\/presse\/dokumenter\/publikationer\/tidsskri[...]<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/ejvindh.net\/wp-content\/uploads\/2020\/11\/010Spoegelser-i-professioner.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/ejvindh.net\/wp-content\/uploads\/2020\/11\/010Spoegelser-i-professioner.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/ejvindh.net\/wp-content\/uploads\/2020\/11\/010Spoegelser-i-professioner.pdf<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('12','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('13','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Communicative In-Betweens of Email Communication<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Techn\u00e9: Research in Philosophy and Technology, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 13, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_number\">no. 1, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 13-26, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2009<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 1091-8264<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_13\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('13','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_13\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('13','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_13\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('13','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_13\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2009,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Communicative In-Betweens of Email Communication},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/scholar.lib.vt.edu\/ejournals\/SPT\/v13n1\/<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/CommunicativeInBetweens.pdf},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.5840\/techne20091312},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {1091-8264},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2009},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2009-01-01},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2009-01-01},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Techn\u00e9: Research in Philosophy and Technology},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {13},<br \/>\r\nnumber = {1},<br \/>\r\npages = {13-26},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {In this paper I seek to deconstruct internet-based communication. I highlight Derrida\u2019s focus on the margins and in-betweens of communication, and relate it to the genre of e-mail. I argue (i) that the silence between the dialogic turns becomes more marked, while (ii) the separation of present and previous statements becomes less marked. The visibility of the silence between the turns (i) can be a resource for increased awareness of how communicative exchanges are shaped by self-arrangements and -presentations. The dissolution of the separation between present and previous statements (ii) can be a source for unfruitful quarrels.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('13','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_13\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">In this paper I seek to deconstruct internet-based communication. I highlight Derrida\u2019s focus on the margins and in-betweens of communication, and relate it to the genre of e-mail. I argue (i) that the silence between the dialogic turns becomes more marked, while (ii) the separation of present and previous statements becomes less marked. The visibility of the silence between the turns (i) can be a resource for increased awareness of how communicative exchanges are shaped by self-arrangements and -presentations. The dissolution of the separation between present and previous statements (ii) can be a source for unfruitful quarrels.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('13','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_13\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/scholar.lib.vt.edu\/ejournals\/SPT\/v13n1\/\" title=\"http:\/\/scholar.lib.vt.edu\/ejournals\/SPT\/v13n1\/\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/scholar.lib.vt.edu\/ejournals\/SPT\/v13n1\/<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/CommunicativeInBetweens.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/CommunicativeInBetweens.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/CommunicativeInBetweens.pdf<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.5840\/techne20091312\" title=\"Follow DOI:10.5840\/techne20091312\" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.5840\/techne20091312<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('13','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('14','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">E-mailens tavshed<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Semikolon, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 17, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 67\u201376, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2009<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_14\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('14','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_14\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('14','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_14\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('14','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_14\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2009e,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {E-mailens tavshed},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/012Emailens%20Tavshed.pdf},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2009},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2009-01-01},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2009-01-01},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Semikolon},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {17},<br \/>\r\npages = {67--76},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {I denne artikel overf\u00f8rer forfatteren Derridas analyser af skriftligheden til e-mailen. Forfatteren viser at e-mail teknologien p\u00e5 den ene side b\u00e6rer p\u00e5 nogle strukturer, der potentielt kan g\u00f8re os mere bevidste om tavshedens betydning for kommunikationen (pga. f\u00f8lelsen af udsathed mellem de enkelt led); og at den p\u00e5 den anden side ogs\u00e5 kan tilhylle denne tavshedens betydning, ved at man kan bygge bro mellem de enkelte indl\u00e6g, ved at forholde sig rigidt til tidligere indl\u00e6g. Begge aspekter ved e-mailen kan bruges til at f\u00e5 st\u00f8rre indsigt i fundamentale forhold ved kommunikative relationer.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('14','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_14\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">I denne artikel overf\u00f8rer forfatteren Derridas analyser af skriftligheden til e-mailen. Forfatteren viser at e-mail teknologien p\u00e5 den ene side b\u00e6rer p\u00e5 nogle strukturer, der potentielt kan g\u00f8re os mere bevidste om tavshedens betydning for kommunikationen (pga. f\u00f8lelsen af udsathed mellem de enkelt led); og at den p\u00e5 den anden side ogs\u00e5 kan tilhylle denne tavshedens betydning, ved at man kan bygge bro mellem de enkelte indl\u00e6g, ved at forholde sig rigidt til tidligere indl\u00e6g. Begge aspekter ved e-mailen kan bruges til at f\u00e5 st\u00f8rre indsigt i fundamentale forhold ved kommunikative relationer.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('14','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_14\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/012Emailens%20Tavshed.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/012Emailens%20Tavshed.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/012Emailens%20Tavshed.pdf<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('14','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_incollection\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('15','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">The Hegelian Notion of Progress and Its Applicability in Critical Philosophy<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  incollection\">Book Section<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span> Gr\u00f8n, Arne;  Raffns\u00f8e-M\u00f8ller, Morten;  S\u00f8rensen, Asger (Ed.): <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_booktitle\">Dialectics, SelfConsciousness, and Recognition : The Hegelian Legacy, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 201\u2013227, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Aarhus Universitetsforlag\/NSU Press, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">Aarhus, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2009<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 978-87-87564-11-3<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_15\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('15','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_15\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('15','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_15\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('15','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_15\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@incollection{Hansen2009d,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {The Hegelian Notion of Progress and Its Applicability in Critical Philosophy},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Arne Gr\u00f8n and Morten Raffns\u00f8e-M\u00f8ller and Asger S\u00f8rensen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_TheHegelianNotionOfProgress.pdf},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {978-87-87564-11-3},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2009},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2009-01-01},<br \/>\r\nurldate = {2009-01-01},<br \/>\r\nbooktitle = {Dialectics, SelfConsciousness, and Recognition : The Hegelian Legacy},<br \/>\r\npages = {201--227},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Aarhus Universitetsforlag\/NSU Press},<br \/>\r\naddress = {Aarhus},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {In this paper I discuss the relevance of the Hegelian notion of progress in relation to problems in present-day discussions of critical theory. I discuss Honneth\u2019s attempt to maintain the Hegelian notion of progress without subscribing to its metaphysical foundations. I argue that Honneth\u2019s strategies are not likely to succeed and that he does not actually need the robust notion of progress in order for his critical theory to have significant implications. It will, however, force critical theory to rearticulate its aims. Critical theory reveals norms for locating disagreement rather than solving conflicts.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {incollection}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('15','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_15\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">In this paper I discuss the relevance of the Hegelian notion of progress in relation to problems in present-day discussions of critical theory. I discuss Honneth\u2019s attempt to maintain the Hegelian notion of progress without subscribing to its metaphysical foundations. I argue that Honneth\u2019s strategies are not likely to succeed and that he does not actually need the robust notion of progress in order for his critical theory to have significant implications. It will, however, force critical theory to rearticulate its aims. Critical theory reveals norms for locating disagreement rather than solving conflicts.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('15','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_15\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_TheHegelianNotionOfProgress.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_TheHegelianNotionOfProgress.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_TheHegelianNotionOfProgress.pdf<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('15','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_article\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('16','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Recognition as a reference point for a concept of progress in critical theory<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  article\">Journal Article<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_journal\">Critical Horizons, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_volume\">vol. 10, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_number\">no. 1, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 99\u2013117, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2009<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_16\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('16','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_16\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('16','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_16\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('16','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_16\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@article{Hansen2009a,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Recognition as a reference point for a concept of progress in critical theory},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/www.tandfonline.com\/doi\/abs\/10.1558\/crit.v10i1.99<br \/>\r\nhttp:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_RecognitionAndProgressCriticalTheory.pdf},<br \/>\r\ndoi = {10.1558\/crit.v10i1.99},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2009},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2009-01-01},<br \/>\r\njournal = {Critical Horizons},<br \/>\r\nvolume = {10},<br \/>\r\nnumber = {1},<br \/>\r\npages = {99--117},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {In this paper I discuss the recent attempt of Axel Honneth of establishing a robust notion of progress through reference to recognitive structures. I claim that two strategies can be found in his writings for founding such a claim. On the one hand he tries to found the notion of progress on how differentiated the recognitive structures are. On the other hand he tries to found it on certain empirically revealed anthropological and psychological constants. I argue that both strategies fail. The differentiation-strategy is too open, the psychological strategy is too narrow.I discuss in what sense Honneth\u2019s reflections on the importance of recognitive structures still may be of value in critical discussions. Even though it may be granted that a certain notion of progress is inevitable in critical discussions, it does not follow that it has to be a robust notion. I suggest that recognitive structures may serve as a universal reference point that can be used to locate disagreement (recognitive structures are always at play), rather than a robust universal starting point that can be used solve disagreement (it is not given that we agree upon which recognitive structures should be furthered).},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {article}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('16','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_16\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">In this paper I discuss the recent attempt of Axel Honneth of establishing a robust notion of progress through reference to recognitive structures. I claim that two strategies can be found in his writings for founding such a claim. On the one hand he tries to found the notion of progress on how differentiated the recognitive structures are. On the other hand he tries to found it on certain empirically revealed anthropological and psychological constants. I argue that both strategies fail. The differentiation-strategy is too open, the psychological strategy is too narrow.I discuss in what sense Honneth\u2019s reflections on the importance of recognitive structures still may be of value in critical discussions. Even though it may be granted that a certain notion of progress is inevitable in critical discussions, it does not follow that it has to be a robust notion. I suggest that recognitive structures may serve as a universal reference point that can be used to locate disagreement (recognitive structures are always at play), rather than a robust universal starting point that can be used solve disagreement (it is not given that we agree upon which recognitive structures should be furthered).<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('16','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_16\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-globe\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/www.tandfonline.com\/doi\/abs\/10.1558\/crit.v10i1.99\" title=\"http:\/\/www.tandfonline.com\/doi\/abs\/10.1558\/crit.v10i1.99\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/www.tandfonline.com\/doi\/abs\/10.1558\/crit.v10i1.99<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_RecognitionAndProgressCriticalTheory.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_RecognitionAndProgressCriticalThe[...]\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_RecognitionAndProgressCriticalThe[...]<\/a><\/li><li><i class=\"ai ai-doi\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"https:\/\/dx.doi.org\/10.1558\/crit.v10i1.99\" title=\"Follow DOI:10.1558\/crit.v10i1.99\" target=\"_blank\">doi:10.1558\/crit.v10i1.99<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('16','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><h3 class=\"tp_h3\" id=\"tp_h3_2008\">2008<\/h3><div class=\"tp_publication tp_publication_incollection\"><div class=\"tp_pub_info\"><p class=\"tp_pub_author\"> Hansen, Ejvind<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_title\"><a class=\"tp_title_link\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('9','tp_links')\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Det digitale sp\u00f8gelse<\/a> <span class=\"tp_pub_type tp_  incollection\">Book Section<\/span> <\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_additional\"><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_in\">In: <\/span> Hansen, Ejvind;  Kreutzfeldt, Danny;  Sylvestersen, Inge (Ed.): <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_booktitle\">Digitale mellemv\u00e6render, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_pages\">pp. 108\u2013131, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_publisher\">Philosophia, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_address\">Aarhus, <\/span><span class=\"tp_pub_additional_year\">2008<\/span>, <span class=\"tp_pub_additional_isbn\">ISBN: 9788788663426<\/span>.<\/p><p class=\"tp_pub_menu\"><span class=\"tp_abstract_link\"><a id=\"tp_abstract_sh_9\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('9','tp_abstract')\" title=\"Show abstract\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Abstract<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_resource_link\"><a id=\"tp_links_sh_9\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('9','tp_links')\" title=\"Show links and resources\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">Links<\/a><\/span> | <span class=\"tp_bibtex_link\"><a id=\"tp_bibtex_sh_9\" class=\"tp_show\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('9','tp_bibtex')\" title=\"Show BibTeX entry\" style=\"cursor:pointer;\">BibTeX<\/a><\/span><\/p><div class=\"tp_bibtex\" id=\"tp_bibtex_9\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_bibtex_entry\"><pre>@incollection{Hansen2008a,<br \/>\r\ntitle = {Det digitale sp\u00f8gelse},<br \/>\r\nauthor = { Ejvind Hansen},<br \/>\r\neditor = {Ejvind Hansen and Danny Kreutzfeldt and Inge Sylvestersen},<br \/>\r\nurl = {http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_DetDigitaleSp\u00f8gelse.pdf},<br \/>\r\nisbn = {9788788663426},<br \/>\r\nyear  = {2008},<br \/>\r\ndate = {2008-01-01},<br \/>\r\nbooktitle = {Digitale mellemv\u00e6render},<br \/>\r\npages = {108--131},<br \/>\r\npublisher = {Philosophia},<br \/>\r\naddress = {Aarhus},<br \/>\r\nabstract = {Sp\u00f8rgsm\u00e5let som denne artikel skal reflektere over lyder: \"Hvilken betydning har kommunikationens digitalisering for den kritiske dialog?\"Dette kan man ikke give et endeligt svar p\u00e5 \u2013 og da slet ikke i en artikel, der passer ind i en antologi. S\u00e5 alt efter hvilket fokus, man v\u00e6lger at l\u00e6gge, vil man kunne komme med forskellige svar. Jeg vil prim\u00e6rt fokusere p\u00e5 de internetb\u00e5rne medier. Her skal man ikke v\u00e6re en stor analytiker for at vise, at de digitale medier p\u00e5 mange m\u00e5der har givet rum for kritiske r\u00f8ster. I denne artikel vil jeg imidlertid pr\u00f8ve at udpege nogle strukturer i disse medier, som kan medf\u00f8re en vis blindhed overfor n\u00f8dvendigheden af kritisk refleksion. En blindhed, der udspringer af et manglende overblik, og en overdreven begejstring over mediets effektivitet. I denne analyse vil jeg s\u00e6rligt tr\u00e6kke p\u00e5 Jacques Derrida, der i sine skrifter reflekterede meget over mediernes indflydelse p\u00e5 kommunikationen og t\u00e6nkningen.},<br \/>\r\nkeywords = {},<br \/>\r\npubstate = {published},<br \/>\r\ntppubtype = {incollection}<br \/>\r\n}<br \/>\r\n<\/pre><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('9','tp_bibtex')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_abstract\" id=\"tp_abstract_9\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_abstract_entry\">Sp\u00f8rgsm\u00e5let som denne artikel skal reflektere over lyder: &quot;Hvilken betydning har kommunikationens digitalisering for den kritiske dialog?&quot;Dette kan man ikke give et endeligt svar p\u00e5 \u2013 og da slet ikke i en artikel, der passer ind i en antologi. S\u00e5 alt efter hvilket fokus, man v\u00e6lger at l\u00e6gge, vil man kunne komme med forskellige svar. Jeg vil prim\u00e6rt fokusere p\u00e5 de internetb\u00e5rne medier. Her skal man ikke v\u00e6re en stor analytiker for at vise, at de digitale medier p\u00e5 mange m\u00e5der har givet rum for kritiske r\u00f8ster. I denne artikel vil jeg imidlertid pr\u00f8ve at udpege nogle strukturer i disse medier, som kan medf\u00f8re en vis blindhed overfor n\u00f8dvendigheden af kritisk refleksion. En blindhed, der udspringer af et manglende overblik, og en overdreven begejstring over mediets effektivitet. I denne analyse vil jeg s\u00e6rligt tr\u00e6kke p\u00e5 Jacques Derrida, der i sine skrifter reflekterede meget over mediernes indflydelse p\u00e5 kommunikationen og t\u00e6nkningen.<\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('9','tp_abstract')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><div class=\"tp_links\" id=\"tp_links_9\" style=\"display:none;\"><div class=\"tp_links_entry\"><ul class=\"tp_pub_list\"><li><i class=\"fas fa-file-pdf\"><\/i><a class=\"tp_pub_list\" href=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_DetDigitaleSp\u00f8gelse.pdf\" title=\"http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_DetDigitaleSp\u00f8gelse.pdf\" target=\"_blank\">http:\/\/uploads.ejvindh.net\/Philosophy\/Preprint_DetDigitaleSp\u00f8gelse.pdf<\/a><\/li><\/ul><\/div><p class=\"tp_close_menu\"><a class=\"tp_close\" onclick=\"teachpress_pub_showhide('9','tp_links')\">Close<\/a><\/p><\/div><\/div><\/div><\/div><div class=\"tablenav\"><div class=\"tablenav-pages\"><span class=\"displaying-num\">59 entries<\/span> <a class=\"page-numbers button disabled\">&laquo;<\/a> <a class=\"page-numbers button disabled\">&lsaquo;<\/a> 1 of 2 <a href=\"http:\/\/ejvindh.net\/en\/akademiske-publikationer\/?limit=2&amp;tgid=&amp;yr=&amp;type=&amp;usr=&amp;auth=&amp;tsr=#tppubs\" title=\"next page\" class=\"page-numbers button\">&rsaquo;<\/a> <a href=\"http:\/\/ejvindh.net\/en\/akademiske-publikationer\/?limit=2&amp;tgid=&amp;yr=&amp;type=&amp;usr=&amp;auth=&amp;tsr=#tppubs\" title=\"last page\" class=\"page-numbers button\">&raquo;<\/a> <\/div><\/div><\/div>\n","protected":false},"excerpt":{"rendered":"","protected":false},"author":1,"featured_media":0,"parent":0,"menu_order":0,"comment_status":"closed","ping_status":"closed","template":"","meta":{"footnotes":""},"class_list":["post-20","page","type-page","status-publish","hentry"],"translation":{"provider":"WPGlobus","version":"3.0.2","language":"en","enabled_languages":["dk","en"],"languages":{"dk":{"title":true,"content":true,"excerpt":false},"en":{"title":true,"content":true,"excerpt":false}}},"_links":{"self":[{"href":"http:\/\/ejvindh.net\/en\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/pages\/20","targetHints":{"allow":["GET"]}}],"collection":[{"href":"http:\/\/ejvindh.net\/en\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/pages"}],"about":[{"href":"http:\/\/ejvindh.net\/en\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/types\/page"}],"author":[{"embeddable":true,"href":"http:\/\/ejvindh.net\/en\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/users\/1"}],"replies":[{"embeddable":true,"href":"http:\/\/ejvindh.net\/en\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/comments?post=20"}],"version-history":[{"count":24,"href":"http:\/\/ejvindh.net\/en\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/pages\/20\/revisions"}],"predecessor-version":[{"id":442,"href":"http:\/\/ejvindh.net\/en\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/pages\/20\/revisions\/442"}],"wp:attachment":[{"href":"http:\/\/ejvindh.net\/en\/wp-json\/wp\/v2\/media?parent=20"}],"curies":[{"name":"wp","href":"https:\/\/api.w.org\/{rel}","templated":true}]}}